1 /* X Communication module for terminals which understand the X protocol.
3 Copyright (C) 1989, 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000,
4 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010
5 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
7 This file is part of GNU Emacs.
9 GNU Emacs is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
10 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
11 the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
12 (at your option) any later version.
14 GNU Emacs is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
15 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
16 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
17 GNU General Public License for more details.
19 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
20 along with GNU Emacs. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
22 /* New display code by Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>. */
23 /* Xt features made by Fred Pierresteguy. */
33 #include "blockinput.h"
35 /* Need syssignal.h for various externs and definitions that may be required
36 by some configurations for calls to signal later in this source file. */
37 #include "syssignal.h"
39 /* This may include sys/types.h, and that somehow loses
40 if this is not done before the other system files. */
42 #include <X11/cursorfont.h>
44 /* Load sys/types.h if not already loaded.
45 In some systems loading it twice is suicidal. */
47 #include <sys/types.h>
50 #include <sys/ioctl.h>
59 /* Caused redefinition of DBL_DIG on Netbsd; seems not to be needed. */
60 /* #include <sys/param.h> */
63 #include "character.h"
66 #include "dispextern.h"
68 #include "termhooks.h"
71 #include "emacs-icon.h"
76 #include "intervals.h"
82 #include "xsettings.h"
84 #include "sysselect.h"
87 #include <X11/Shell.h>
90 #ifdef HAVE_SYS_TIME_H
102 #include "../lwlib/xlwmenu.h"
106 #if !defined(NO_EDITRES)
108 extern void _XEditResCheckMessages ();
109 #endif /* not NO_EDITRES */
111 /* Include toolkit specific headers for the scroll bar widget. */
113 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
114 #if defined USE_MOTIF
115 #include <Xm/Xm.h> /* for LESSTIF_VERSION */
116 #include <Xm/ScrollBar.h>
117 #else /* !USE_MOTIF i.e. use Xaw */
120 #include <X11/Xaw3d/Simple.h>
121 #include <X11/Xaw3d/Scrollbar.h>
122 #include <X11/Xaw3d/ThreeD.h>
123 #else /* !HAVE_XAW3D */
124 #include <X11/Xaw/Simple.h>
125 #include <X11/Xaw/Scrollbar.h>
126 #endif /* !HAVE_XAW3D */
128 #define XtNpickTop "pickTop"
129 #endif /* !XtNpickTop */
130 #endif /* !USE_MOTIF */
131 #endif /* USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
133 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
137 #ifndef XtNinitialState
138 #define XtNinitialState "initialState"
142 /* Default to using XIM if available. */
146 int use_xim
= 0; /* configure --without-xim */
151 /* Non-nil means Emacs uses toolkit scroll bars. */
153 Lisp_Object Vx_toolkit_scroll_bars
;
155 /* Non-zero means that a HELP_EVENT has been generated since Emacs
158 static int any_help_event_p
;
160 /* Last window where we saw the mouse. Used by mouse-autoselect-window. */
161 static Lisp_Object last_window
;
163 /* Non-zero means make use of UNDERLINE_POSITION font properties. */
165 int x_use_underline_position_properties
;
167 /* Non-zero means to draw the underline at the same place as the descent line. */
169 int x_underline_at_descent_line
;
171 /* This is a chain of structures for all the X displays currently in
174 struct x_display_info
*x_display_list
;
176 /* This is a list of cons cells, each of the form (NAME
177 . FONT-LIST-CACHE), one for each element of x_display_list and in
178 the same order. NAME is the name of the frame. FONT-LIST-CACHE
179 records previous values returned by x-list-fonts. */
181 Lisp_Object x_display_name_list
;
183 /* Frame being updated by update_frame. This is declared in term.c.
184 This is set by update_begin and looked at by all the XT functions.
185 It is zero while not inside an update. In that case, the XT
186 functions assume that `selected_frame' is the frame to apply to. */
188 extern struct frame
*updating_frame
;
190 /* This is a frame waiting to be auto-raised, within XTread_socket. */
192 static struct frame
*pending_autoraise_frame
;
194 /* This is a frame waiting for an event matching mask, within XTread_socket. */
199 } pending_event_wait
;
202 /* The application context for Xt use. */
203 XtAppContext Xt_app_con
;
204 static String Xt_default_resources
[] = {0};
205 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
207 /* Non-zero means user is interacting with a toolkit scroll bar. */
209 static int toolkit_scroll_bar_interaction
;
211 /* Non-zero means to not move point as a result of clicking on a
212 frame to focus it (when focus-follows-mouse is nil). */
214 int x_mouse_click_focus_ignore_position
;
216 /* Non-zero timeout value means ignore next mouse click if it arrives
217 before that timeout elapses (i.e. as part of the same sequence of
218 events resulting from clicking on a frame to select it). */
220 static unsigned long ignore_next_mouse_click_timeout
;
224 Formerly, we used PointerMotionHintMask (in standard_event_mask)
225 so that we would have to call XQueryPointer after each MotionNotify
226 event to ask for another such event. However, this made mouse tracking
227 slow, and there was a bug that made it eventually stop.
229 Simply asking for MotionNotify all the time seems to work better.
231 In order to avoid asking for motion events and then throwing most
232 of them away or busy-polling the server for mouse positions, we ask
233 the server for pointer motion hints. This means that we get only
234 one event per group of mouse movements. "Groups" are delimited by
235 other kinds of events (focus changes and button clicks, for
236 example), or by XQueryPointer calls; when one of these happens, we
237 get another MotionNotify event the next time the mouse moves. This
238 is at least as efficient as getting motion events when mouse
239 tracking is on, and I suspect only negligibly worse when tracking
242 /* Where the mouse was last time we reported a mouse event. */
244 static XRectangle last_mouse_glyph
;
245 static FRAME_PTR last_mouse_glyph_frame
;
246 static Lisp_Object last_mouse_press_frame
;
248 /* The scroll bar in which the last X motion event occurred.
250 If the last X motion event occurred in a scroll bar, we set this so
251 XTmouse_position can know whether to report a scroll bar motion or
254 If the last X motion event didn't occur in a scroll bar, we set
255 this to Qnil, to tell XTmouse_position to return an ordinary motion
258 static Lisp_Object last_mouse_scroll_bar
;
260 /* This is a hack. We would really prefer that XTmouse_position would
261 return the time associated with the position it returns, but there
262 doesn't seem to be any way to wrest the time-stamp from the server
263 along with the position query. So, we just keep track of the time
264 of the last movement we received, and return that in hopes that
265 it's somewhat accurate. */
267 static Time last_mouse_movement_time
;
269 /* Time for last user interaction as returned in X events. */
271 static Time last_user_time
;
273 /* Incremented by XTread_socket whenever it really tries to read
277 static int volatile input_signal_count
;
279 static int input_signal_count
;
282 /* Used locally within XTread_socket. */
284 static int x_noop_count
;
286 /* The keysyms to use for the various modifiers. */
288 Lisp_Object Vx_alt_keysym
, Vx_hyper_keysym
, Vx_meta_keysym
, Vx_super_keysym
;
289 Lisp_Object Vx_keysym_table
;
290 static Lisp_Object Qalt
, Qhyper
, Qmeta
, Qsuper
, Qmodifier_value
;
292 static Lisp_Object Qvendor_specific_keysyms
;
293 static Lisp_Object Qlatin_1
;
296 /* The name of the Emacs icon file. */
297 static Lisp_Object xg_default_icon_file
;
299 /* Used in gtkutil.c. */
300 Lisp_Object Qx_gtk_map_stock
;
303 /* Some functions take this as char *, not const char *. */
304 static char emacs_class
[] = EMACS_CLASS
;
306 /* XEmbed implementation. */
308 #define XEMBED_VERSION 0
312 XEMBED_MAPPED
= 1 << 0
317 XEMBED_EMBEDDED_NOTIFY
= 0,
318 XEMBED_WINDOW_ACTIVATE
= 1,
319 XEMBED_WINDOW_DEACTIVATE
= 2,
320 XEMBED_REQUEST_FOCUS
= 3,
322 XEMBED_FOCUS_OUT
= 5,
323 XEMBED_FOCUS_NEXT
= 6,
324 XEMBED_FOCUS_PREV
= 7,
326 XEMBED_MODALITY_ON
= 10,
327 XEMBED_MODALITY_OFF
= 11,
328 XEMBED_REGISTER_ACCELERATOR
= 12,
329 XEMBED_UNREGISTER_ACCELERATOR
= 13,
330 XEMBED_ACTIVATE_ACCELERATOR
= 14
333 /* Used in x_flush. */
335 static int x_alloc_nearest_color_1 (Display
*, Colormap
, XColor
*);
336 static void x_set_window_size_1 (struct frame
*, int, int, int);
337 static const XColor
*x_color_cells (Display
*, int *);
338 static void x_update_window_end (struct window
*, int, int);
340 static int x_io_error_quitter (Display
*);
341 static struct terminal
*x_create_terminal (struct x_display_info
*);
342 void x_delete_terminal (struct terminal
*);
343 static void x_update_end (struct frame
*);
344 static void XTframe_up_to_date (struct frame
*);
345 static void XTset_terminal_modes (struct terminal
*);
346 static void XTreset_terminal_modes (struct terminal
*);
347 static void x_clear_frame (struct frame
*);
348 static void frame_highlight (struct frame
*);
349 static void frame_unhighlight (struct frame
*);
350 static void x_new_focus_frame (struct x_display_info
*, struct frame
*);
351 static void x_focus_changed (int, int, struct x_display_info
*,
352 struct frame
*, struct input_event
*);
353 static void x_detect_focus_change (struct x_display_info
*,
354 XEvent
*, struct input_event
*);
355 static void XTframe_rehighlight (struct frame
*);
356 static void x_frame_rehighlight (struct x_display_info
*);
357 static void x_draw_hollow_cursor (struct window
*, struct glyph_row
*);
358 static void x_draw_bar_cursor (struct window
*, struct glyph_row
*, int,
359 enum text_cursor_kinds
);
361 static void x_clip_to_row (struct window
*, struct glyph_row
*, int, GC
);
362 static void x_flush (struct frame
*f
);
363 static void x_update_begin (struct frame
*);
364 static void x_update_window_begin (struct window
*);
365 static void x_after_update_window_line (struct glyph_row
*);
366 static struct scroll_bar
*x_window_to_scroll_bar (Display
*, Window
);
367 static void x_scroll_bar_report_motion (struct frame
**, Lisp_Object
*,
368 enum scroll_bar_part
*,
369 Lisp_Object
*, Lisp_Object
*,
371 static void x_handle_net_wm_state (struct frame
*, XPropertyEvent
*);
372 static void x_check_fullscreen (struct frame
*);
373 static void x_check_expected_move (struct frame
*, int, int);
374 static void x_sync_with_move (struct frame
*, int, int, int);
375 static int handle_one_xevent (struct x_display_info
*, XEvent
*,
376 int *, struct input_event
*);
377 /* Don't declare this NO_RETURN because we want no
378 interference with debugging failing X calls. */
379 static SIGTYPE
x_connection_closed (Display
*, const char *);
382 /* Flush display of frame F, or of all frames if F is null. */
385 x_flush (struct frame
*f
)
387 /* Don't call XFlush when it is not safe to redisplay; the X
388 connection may be broken. */
389 if (!NILP (Vinhibit_redisplay
))
395 Lisp_Object rest
, frame
;
396 FOR_EACH_FRAME (rest
, frame
)
397 if (FRAME_X_P (XFRAME (frame
)))
398 x_flush (XFRAME (frame
));
400 else if (FRAME_X_P (f
))
401 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
406 /* Remove calls to XFlush by defining XFlush to an empty replacement.
407 Calls to XFlush should be unnecessary because the X output buffer
408 is flushed automatically as needed by calls to XPending,
409 XNextEvent, or XWindowEvent according to the XFlush man page.
410 XTread_socket calls XPending. Removing XFlush improves
413 #define XFlush(DISPLAY) (void) 0
416 /***********************************************************************
418 ***********************************************************************/
422 /* This is a function useful for recording debugging information about
423 the sequence of occurrences in this file. */
431 struct record event_record
[100];
433 int event_record_index
;
436 record_event (char *locus
, int type
)
438 if (event_record_index
== sizeof (event_record
) / sizeof (struct record
))
439 event_record_index
= 0;
441 event_record
[event_record_index
].locus
= locus
;
442 event_record
[event_record_index
].type
= type
;
443 event_record_index
++;
450 /* Return the struct x_display_info corresponding to DPY. */
452 struct x_display_info
*
453 x_display_info_for_display (Display
*dpy
)
455 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
457 for (dpyinfo
= x_display_list
; dpyinfo
; dpyinfo
= dpyinfo
->next
)
458 if (dpyinfo
->display
== dpy
)
464 #define OPAQUE 0xffffffff
467 x_set_frame_alpha (struct frame
*f
)
469 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
470 Display
*dpy
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
471 Window win
= FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
);
473 double alpha_min
= 1.0;
476 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->root_window
!= FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->parent_desc
)
477 /* Since the WM decoration lies under the FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW,
478 we must treat the former instead of the latter. */
479 win
= FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->parent_desc
;
481 if (dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
== f
)
486 if (FLOATP (Vframe_alpha_lower_limit
))
487 alpha_min
= XFLOAT_DATA (Vframe_alpha_lower_limit
);
488 else if (INTEGERP (Vframe_alpha_lower_limit
))
489 alpha_min
= (XINT (Vframe_alpha_lower_limit
)) / 100.0;
493 else if (alpha
> 1.0)
495 else if (0.0 <= alpha
&& alpha
< alpha_min
&& alpha_min
<= 1.0)
498 opac
= alpha
* OPAQUE
;
500 /* return unless necessary */
505 unsigned long n
, left
;
507 x_catch_errors (dpy
);
508 rc
= XGetWindowProperty (dpy
, win
, dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_window_opacity
,
509 0L, 1L, False
, XA_CARDINAL
,
510 &actual
, &format
, &n
, &left
,
513 if (rc
== Success
&& actual
!= None
)
515 XFree ((void *) data
);
516 if (*(unsigned long *)data
== opac
)
525 x_catch_errors (dpy
);
526 XChangeProperty (dpy
, win
, dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_window_opacity
,
527 XA_CARDINAL
, 32, PropModeReplace
,
528 (unsigned char *) &opac
, 1L);
533 x_display_pixel_height (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
)
535 return HeightOfScreen (dpyinfo
->screen
);
539 x_display_pixel_width (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
)
541 return WidthOfScreen (dpyinfo
->screen
);
545 /***********************************************************************
546 Starting and ending an update
547 ***********************************************************************/
549 /* Start an update of frame F. This function is installed as a hook
550 for update_begin, i.e. it is called when update_begin is called.
551 This function is called prior to calls to x_update_window_begin for
552 each window being updated. Currently, there is nothing to do here
553 because all interesting stuff is done on a window basis. */
556 x_update_begin (struct frame
*f
)
562 /* Start update of window W. Set the global variable updated_window
563 to the window being updated and set output_cursor to the cursor
567 x_update_window_begin (struct window
*w
)
569 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w
));
570 Mouse_HLInfo
*hlinfo
= MOUSE_HL_INFO (f
);
573 set_output_cursor (&w
->cursor
);
577 if (f
== hlinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
)
579 /* Don't do highlighting for mouse motion during the update. */
580 hlinfo
->mouse_face_defer
= 1;
582 /* If F needs to be redrawn, simply forget about any prior mouse
584 if (FRAME_GARBAGED_P (f
))
585 hlinfo
->mouse_face_window
= Qnil
;
592 /* Draw a vertical window border from (x,y0) to (x,y1) */
595 x_draw_vertical_window_border (struct window
*w
, int x
, int y0
, int y1
)
597 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w
));
600 face
= FACE_FROM_ID (f
, VERTICAL_BORDER_FACE_ID
);
602 XSetForeground (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
,
605 XDrawLine (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
606 f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
, x
, y0
, x
, y1
);
609 /* End update of window W (which is equal to updated_window).
611 Draw vertical borders between horizontally adjacent windows, and
612 display W's cursor if CURSOR_ON_P is non-zero.
614 MOUSE_FACE_OVERWRITTEN_P non-zero means that some row containing
615 glyphs in mouse-face were overwritten. In that case we have to
616 make sure that the mouse-highlight is properly redrawn.
618 W may be a menu bar pseudo-window in case we don't have X toolkit
619 support. Such windows don't have a cursor, so don't display it
623 x_update_window_end (struct window
*w
, int cursor_on_p
, int mouse_face_overwritten_p
)
625 Mouse_HLInfo
*hlinfo
= MOUSE_HL_INFO (XFRAME (w
->frame
));
627 if (!w
->pseudo_window_p
)
632 display_and_set_cursor (w
, 1, output_cursor
.hpos
,
634 output_cursor
.x
, output_cursor
.y
);
636 if (draw_window_fringes (w
, 1))
637 x_draw_vertical_border (w
);
642 /* If a row with mouse-face was overwritten, arrange for
643 XTframe_up_to_date to redisplay the mouse highlight. */
644 if (mouse_face_overwritten_p
)
646 hlinfo
->mouse_face_beg_row
= hlinfo
->mouse_face_beg_col
= -1;
647 hlinfo
->mouse_face_end_row
= hlinfo
->mouse_face_end_col
= -1;
648 hlinfo
->mouse_face_window
= Qnil
;
651 updated_window
= NULL
;
655 /* End update of frame F. This function is installed as a hook in
659 x_update_end (struct frame
*f
)
661 /* Mouse highlight may be displayed again. */
662 MOUSE_HL_INFO (f
)->mouse_face_defer
= 0;
666 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
672 /* This function is called from various places in xdisp.c whenever a
673 complete update has been performed. The global variable
674 updated_window is not available here. */
677 XTframe_up_to_date (struct frame
*f
)
681 Mouse_HLInfo
*hlinfo
= MOUSE_HL_INFO (f
);
683 if (hlinfo
->mouse_face_deferred_gc
684 || f
== hlinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
)
687 if (hlinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
)
688 note_mouse_highlight (hlinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
,
689 hlinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_x
,
690 hlinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_y
);
691 hlinfo
->mouse_face_deferred_gc
= 0;
698 /* Draw truncation mark bitmaps, continuation mark bitmaps, overlay
699 arrow bitmaps, or clear the fringes if no bitmaps are required
700 before DESIRED_ROW is made current. The window being updated is
701 found in updated_window. This function It is called from
702 update_window_line only if it is known that there are differences
703 between bitmaps to be drawn between current row and DESIRED_ROW. */
706 x_after_update_window_line (struct glyph_row
*desired_row
)
708 struct window
*w
= updated_window
;
714 if (!desired_row
->mode_line_p
&& !w
->pseudo_window_p
)
715 desired_row
->redraw_fringe_bitmaps_p
= 1;
717 /* When a window has disappeared, make sure that no rest of
718 full-width rows stays visible in the internal border. Could
719 check here if updated_window is the leftmost/rightmost window,
720 but I guess it's not worth doing since vertically split windows
721 are almost never used, internal border is rarely set, and the
722 overhead is very small. */
723 if (windows_or_buffers_changed
724 && desired_row
->full_width_p
725 && (f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
),
726 width
= FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
),
728 && (height
= desired_row
->visible_height
,
731 int y
= WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, max (0, desired_row
->y
));
734 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
735 0, y
, width
, height
, False
);
736 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
737 FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
) - width
,
738 y
, width
, height
, False
);
744 x_draw_fringe_bitmap (struct window
*w
, struct glyph_row
*row
, struct draw_fringe_bitmap_params
*p
)
746 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w
));
747 Display
*display
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
748 Window window
= FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
);
749 GC gc
= f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
;
750 struct face
*face
= p
->face
;
752 /* Must clip because of partially visible lines. */
753 x_clip_to_row (w
, row
, -1, gc
);
757 int bx
= p
->bx
, by
= p
->by
, nx
= p
->nx
, ny
= p
->ny
;
759 /* In case the same realized face is used for fringes and
760 for something displayed in the text (e.g. face `region' on
761 mono-displays, the fill style may have been changed to
762 FillSolid in x_draw_glyph_string_background. */
764 XSetFillStyle (display
, face
->gc
, FillOpaqueStippled
);
766 XSetForeground (display
, face
->gc
, face
->background
);
768 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
769 /* If the fringe is adjacent to the left (right) scroll bar of a
770 leftmost (rightmost, respectively) window, then extend its
771 background to the gap between the fringe and the bar. */
772 if ((WINDOW_LEFTMOST_P (w
)
773 && WINDOW_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_ON_LEFT (w
))
774 || (WINDOW_RIGHTMOST_P (w
)
775 && WINDOW_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_ON_RIGHT (w
)))
777 int sb_width
= WINDOW_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH (w
);
781 int left
= WINDOW_SCROLL_BAR_AREA_X (w
);
782 int width
= (WINDOW_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_COLS (w
)
783 * FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
));
787 /* Bitmap fills the fringe. */
788 if (left
+ width
== p
->x
)
789 bx
= left
+ sb_width
;
790 else if (p
->x
+ p
->wd
== left
)
794 int header_line_height
= WINDOW_HEADER_LINE_HEIGHT (w
);
796 nx
= width
- sb_width
;
797 by
= WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, max (header_line_height
,
799 ny
= row
->visible_height
;
804 if (left
+ width
== bx
)
806 bx
= left
+ sb_width
;
807 nx
+= width
- sb_width
;
809 else if (bx
+ nx
== left
)
810 nx
+= width
- sb_width
;
815 if (bx
>= 0 && nx
> 0)
816 XFillRectangle (display
, window
, face
->gc
, bx
, by
, nx
, ny
);
819 XSetForeground (display
, face
->gc
, face
->foreground
);
825 Pixmap pixmap
, clipmask
= (Pixmap
) 0;
826 int depth
= DefaultDepthOfScreen (FRAME_X_SCREEN (f
));
830 bits
= (unsigned char *)(p
->bits
+ p
->dh
);
832 bits
= (unsigned char *)p
->bits
+ p
->dh
;
834 /* Draw the bitmap. I believe these small pixmaps can be cached
836 pixmap
= XCreatePixmapFromBitmapData (display
, window
, bits
, p
->wd
, p
->h
,
838 ? (p
->overlay_p
? face
->background
839 : f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_pixel
)
841 face
->background
, depth
);
845 clipmask
= XCreatePixmapFromBitmapData (display
,
846 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->root_window
,
849 gcv
.clip_mask
= clipmask
;
850 gcv
.clip_x_origin
= p
->x
;
851 gcv
.clip_y_origin
= p
->y
;
852 XChangeGC (display
, gc
, GCClipMask
| GCClipXOrigin
| GCClipYOrigin
, &gcv
);
855 XCopyArea (display
, pixmap
, window
, gc
, 0, 0,
856 p
->wd
, p
->h
, p
->x
, p
->y
);
857 XFreePixmap (display
, pixmap
);
861 gcv
.clip_mask
= (Pixmap
) 0;
862 XChangeGC (display
, gc
, GCClipMask
, &gcv
);
863 XFreePixmap (display
, clipmask
);
867 XSetClipMask (display
, gc
, None
);
872 /* This is called when starting Emacs and when restarting after
873 suspend. When starting Emacs, no X window is mapped. And nothing
874 must be done to Emacs's own window if it is suspended (though that
878 XTset_terminal_modes (struct terminal
*terminal
)
882 /* This is called when exiting or suspending Emacs. Exiting will make
883 the X-windows go away, and suspending requires no action. */
886 XTreset_terminal_modes (struct terminal
*terminal
)
891 /***********************************************************************
893 ***********************************************************************/
897 static void x_set_glyph_string_clipping (struct glyph_string
*);
898 static void x_set_glyph_string_gc (struct glyph_string
*);
899 static void x_draw_glyph_string_background (struct glyph_string
*,
901 static void x_draw_glyph_string_foreground (struct glyph_string
*);
902 static void x_draw_composite_glyph_string_foreground (struct glyph_string
*);
903 static void x_draw_glyph_string_box (struct glyph_string
*);
904 static void x_draw_glyph_string (struct glyph_string
*);
905 static void x_compute_glyph_string_overhangs (struct glyph_string
*);
906 static void x_set_cursor_gc (struct glyph_string
*);
907 static void x_set_mode_line_face_gc (struct glyph_string
*);
908 static void x_set_mouse_face_gc (struct glyph_string
*);
909 static int x_alloc_lighter_color (struct frame
*, Display
*, Colormap
,
910 unsigned long *, double, int);
911 static void x_setup_relief_color (struct frame
*, struct relief
*,
912 double, int, unsigned long);
913 static void x_setup_relief_colors (struct glyph_string
*);
914 static void x_draw_image_glyph_string (struct glyph_string
*);
915 static void x_draw_image_relief (struct glyph_string
*);
916 static void x_draw_image_foreground (struct glyph_string
*);
917 static void x_draw_image_foreground_1 (struct glyph_string
*, Pixmap
);
918 static void x_clear_glyph_string_rect (struct glyph_string
*, int,
920 static void x_draw_relief_rect (struct frame
*, int, int, int, int,
921 int, int, int, int, int, int,
923 static void x_draw_box_rect (struct glyph_string
*, int, int, int, int,
924 int, int, int, XRectangle
*);
925 static void x_scroll_bar_clear (struct frame
*);
928 static void x_check_font (struct frame
*, struct font
*);
932 /* Set S->gc to a suitable GC for drawing glyph string S in cursor
936 x_set_cursor_gc (struct glyph_string
*s
)
938 if (s
->font
== FRAME_FONT (s
->f
)
939 && s
->face
->background
== FRAME_BACKGROUND_PIXEL (s
->f
)
940 && s
->face
->foreground
== FRAME_FOREGROUND_PIXEL (s
->f
)
942 s
->gc
= s
->f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_gc
;
945 /* Cursor on non-default face: must merge. */
949 xgcv
.background
= s
->f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_pixel
;
950 xgcv
.foreground
= s
->face
->background
;
952 /* If the glyph would be invisible, try a different foreground. */
953 if (xgcv
.foreground
== xgcv
.background
)
954 xgcv
.foreground
= s
->face
->foreground
;
955 if (xgcv
.foreground
== xgcv
.background
)
956 xgcv
.foreground
= s
->f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_foreground_pixel
;
957 if (xgcv
.foreground
== xgcv
.background
)
958 xgcv
.foreground
= s
->face
->foreground
;
960 /* Make sure the cursor is distinct from text in this face. */
961 if (xgcv
.background
== s
->face
->background
962 && xgcv
.foreground
== s
->face
->foreground
)
964 xgcv
.background
= s
->face
->foreground
;
965 xgcv
.foreground
= s
->face
->background
;
968 IF_DEBUG (x_check_font (s
->f
, s
->font
));
969 xgcv
.graphics_exposures
= False
;
970 mask
= GCForeground
| GCBackground
| GCGraphicsExposures
;
972 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
)
973 XChangeGC (s
->display
, FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
,
976 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
977 = XCreateGC (s
->display
, s
->window
, mask
, &xgcv
);
979 s
->gc
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
;
984 /* Set up S->gc of glyph string S for drawing text in mouse face. */
987 x_set_mouse_face_gc (struct glyph_string
*s
)
992 /* What face has to be used last for the mouse face? */
993 face_id
= MOUSE_HL_INFO (s
->f
)->mouse_face_face_id
;
994 face
= FACE_FROM_ID (s
->f
, face_id
);
996 face
= FACE_FROM_ID (s
->f
, MOUSE_FACE_ID
);
998 if (s
->first_glyph
->type
== CHAR_GLYPH
)
999 face_id
= FACE_FOR_CHAR (s
->f
, face
, s
->first_glyph
->u
.ch
, -1, Qnil
);
1001 face_id
= FACE_FOR_CHAR (s
->f
, face
, 0, -1, Qnil
);
1002 s
->face
= FACE_FROM_ID (s
->f
, face_id
);
1003 PREPARE_FACE_FOR_DISPLAY (s
->f
, s
->face
);
1005 if (s
->font
== s
->face
->font
)
1006 s
->gc
= s
->face
->gc
;
1009 /* Otherwise construct scratch_cursor_gc with values from FACE
1014 xgcv
.background
= s
->face
->background
;
1015 xgcv
.foreground
= s
->face
->foreground
;
1016 xgcv
.graphics_exposures
= False
;
1017 mask
= GCForeground
| GCBackground
| GCGraphicsExposures
;
1019 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
)
1020 XChangeGC (s
->display
, FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
,
1023 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
1024 = XCreateGC (s
->display
, s
->window
, mask
, &xgcv
);
1026 s
->gc
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
;
1029 xassert (s
->gc
!= 0);
1033 /* Set S->gc of glyph string S to a GC suitable for drawing a mode line.
1034 Faces to use in the mode line have already been computed when the
1035 matrix was built, so there isn't much to do, here. */
1038 x_set_mode_line_face_gc (struct glyph_string
*s
)
1040 s
->gc
= s
->face
->gc
;
1044 /* Set S->gc of glyph string S for drawing that glyph string. Set
1045 S->stippled_p to a non-zero value if the face of S has a stipple
1049 x_set_glyph_string_gc (struct glyph_string
*s
)
1051 PREPARE_FACE_FOR_DISPLAY (s
->f
, s
->face
);
1053 if (s
->hl
== DRAW_NORMAL_TEXT
)
1055 s
->gc
= s
->face
->gc
;
1056 s
->stippled_p
= s
->face
->stipple
!= 0;
1058 else if (s
->hl
== DRAW_INVERSE_VIDEO
)
1060 x_set_mode_line_face_gc (s
);
1061 s
->stippled_p
= s
->face
->stipple
!= 0;
1063 else if (s
->hl
== DRAW_CURSOR
)
1065 x_set_cursor_gc (s
);
1068 else if (s
->hl
== DRAW_MOUSE_FACE
)
1070 x_set_mouse_face_gc (s
);
1071 s
->stippled_p
= s
->face
->stipple
!= 0;
1073 else if (s
->hl
== DRAW_IMAGE_RAISED
1074 || s
->hl
== DRAW_IMAGE_SUNKEN
)
1076 s
->gc
= s
->face
->gc
;
1077 s
->stippled_p
= s
->face
->stipple
!= 0;
1081 s
->gc
= s
->face
->gc
;
1082 s
->stippled_p
= s
->face
->stipple
!= 0;
1085 /* GC must have been set. */
1086 xassert (s
->gc
!= 0);
1090 /* Set clipping for output of glyph string S. S may be part of a mode
1091 line or menu if we don't have X toolkit support. */
1094 x_set_glyph_string_clipping (struct glyph_string
*s
)
1096 XRectangle
*r
= s
->clip
;
1097 int n
= get_glyph_string_clip_rects (s
, r
, 2);
1100 XSetClipRectangles (s
->display
, s
->gc
, 0, 0, r
, n
, Unsorted
);
1105 /* Set SRC's clipping for output of glyph string DST. This is called
1106 when we are drawing DST's left_overhang or right_overhang only in
1110 x_set_glyph_string_clipping_exactly (struct glyph_string
*src
, struct glyph_string
*dst
)
1115 r
.width
= src
->width
;
1117 r
.height
= src
->height
;
1120 XSetClipRectangles (dst
->display
, dst
->gc
, 0, 0, &r
, 1, Unsorted
);
1125 Compute left and right overhang of glyph string S. */
1128 x_compute_glyph_string_overhangs (struct glyph_string
*s
)
1131 && (s
->first_glyph
->type
== CHAR_GLYPH
1132 || s
->first_glyph
->type
== COMPOSITE_GLYPH
))
1134 struct font_metrics metrics
;
1136 if (s
->first_glyph
->type
== CHAR_GLYPH
)
1138 unsigned *code
= alloca (sizeof (unsigned) * s
->nchars
);
1139 struct font
*font
= s
->font
;
1142 for (i
= 0; i
< s
->nchars
; i
++)
1143 code
[i
] = (s
->char2b
[i
].byte1
<< 8) | s
->char2b
[i
].byte2
;
1144 font
->driver
->text_extents (font
, code
, s
->nchars
, &metrics
);
1148 Lisp_Object gstring
= composition_gstring_from_id (s
->cmp_id
);
1150 composition_gstring_width (gstring
, s
->cmp_from
, s
->cmp_to
, &metrics
);
1152 s
->right_overhang
= (metrics
.rbearing
> metrics
.width
1153 ? metrics
.rbearing
- metrics
.width
: 0);
1154 s
->left_overhang
= metrics
.lbearing
< 0 ? - metrics
.lbearing
: 0;
1158 s
->right_overhang
= s
->cmp
->rbearing
- s
->cmp
->pixel_width
;
1159 s
->left_overhang
= - s
->cmp
->lbearing
;
1164 /* Fill rectangle X, Y, W, H with background color of glyph string S. */
1167 x_clear_glyph_string_rect (struct glyph_string
*s
, int x
, int y
, int w
, int h
)
1170 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, s
->gc
, GCForeground
| GCBackground
, &xgcv
);
1171 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.background
);
1172 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, x
, y
, w
, h
);
1173 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.foreground
);
1177 /* Draw the background of glyph_string S. If S->background_filled_p
1178 is non-zero don't draw it. FORCE_P non-zero means draw the
1179 background even if it wouldn't be drawn normally. This is used
1180 when a string preceding S draws into the background of S, or S
1181 contains the first component of a composition. */
1184 x_draw_glyph_string_background (struct glyph_string
*s
, int force_p
)
1186 /* Nothing to do if background has already been drawn or if it
1187 shouldn't be drawn in the first place. */
1188 if (!s
->background_filled_p
)
1190 int box_line_width
= max (s
->face
->box_line_width
, 0);
1194 /* Fill background with a stipple pattern. */
1195 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, s
->gc
, FillOpaqueStippled
);
1196 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, s
->x
,
1197 s
->y
+ box_line_width
,
1198 s
->background_width
,
1199 s
->height
- 2 * box_line_width
);
1200 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, s
->gc
, FillSolid
);
1201 s
->background_filled_p
= 1;
1203 else if (FONT_HEIGHT (s
->font
) < s
->height
- 2 * box_line_width
1204 || s
->font_not_found_p
1205 || s
->extends_to_end_of_line_p
1208 x_clear_glyph_string_rect (s
, s
->x
, s
->y
+ box_line_width
,
1209 s
->background_width
,
1210 s
->height
- 2 * box_line_width
);
1211 s
->background_filled_p
= 1;
1217 /* Draw the foreground of glyph string S. */
1220 x_draw_glyph_string_foreground (struct glyph_string
*s
)
1224 /* If first glyph of S has a left box line, start drawing the text
1225 of S to the right of that box line. */
1226 if (s
->face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
1227 && s
->first_glyph
->left_box_line_p
)
1228 x
= s
->x
+ eabs (s
->face
->box_line_width
);
1232 /* Draw characters of S as rectangles if S's font could not be
1234 if (s
->font_not_found_p
)
1236 for (i
= 0; i
< s
->nchars
; ++i
)
1238 struct glyph
*g
= s
->first_glyph
+ i
;
1239 XDrawRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
,
1240 s
->gc
, x
, s
->y
, g
->pixel_width
- 1,
1242 x
+= g
->pixel_width
;
1247 struct font
*font
= s
->font
;
1248 int boff
= font
->baseline_offset
;
1251 if (font
->vertical_centering
)
1252 boff
= VCENTER_BASELINE_OFFSET (font
, s
->f
) - boff
;
1254 y
= s
->ybase
- boff
;
1256 || (s
->background_filled_p
&& s
->hl
!= DRAW_CURSOR
))
1257 font
->driver
->draw (s
, 0, s
->nchars
, x
, y
, 0);
1259 font
->driver
->draw (s
, 0, s
->nchars
, x
, y
, 1);
1260 if (s
->face
->overstrike
)
1261 font
->driver
->draw (s
, 0, s
->nchars
, x
+ 1, y
, 0);
1265 /* Draw the foreground of composite glyph string S. */
1268 x_draw_composite_glyph_string_foreground (struct glyph_string
*s
)
1271 struct font
*font
= s
->font
;
1273 /* If first glyph of S has a left box line, start drawing the text
1274 of S to the right of that box line. */
1275 if (s
->face
&& s
->face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
1276 && s
->first_glyph
->left_box_line_p
)
1277 x
= s
->x
+ eabs (s
->face
->box_line_width
);
1281 /* S is a glyph string for a composition. S->cmp_from is the index
1282 of the first character drawn for glyphs of this composition.
1283 S->cmp_from == 0 means we are drawing the very first character of
1284 this composition. */
1286 /* Draw a rectangle for the composition if the font for the very
1287 first character of the composition could not be loaded. */
1288 if (s
->font_not_found_p
)
1290 if (s
->cmp_from
== 0)
1291 XDrawRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, x
, s
->y
,
1292 s
->width
- 1, s
->height
- 1);
1294 else if (! s
->first_glyph
->u
.cmp
.automatic
)
1298 for (i
= 0, j
= s
->cmp_from
; i
< s
->nchars
; i
++, j
++)
1299 if (COMPOSITION_GLYPH (s
->cmp
, j
) != '\t')
1301 int xx
= x
+ s
->cmp
->offsets
[j
* 2];
1302 int yy
= y
- s
->cmp
->offsets
[j
* 2 + 1];
1304 font
->driver
->draw (s
, j
, j
+ 1, xx
, yy
, 0);
1305 if (s
->face
->overstrike
)
1306 font
->driver
->draw (s
, j
, j
+ 1, xx
+ 1, yy
, 0);
1311 Lisp_Object gstring
= composition_gstring_from_id (s
->cmp_id
);
1316 for (i
= j
= s
->cmp_from
; i
< s
->cmp_to
; i
++)
1318 glyph
= LGSTRING_GLYPH (gstring
, i
);
1319 if (NILP (LGLYPH_ADJUSTMENT (glyph
)))
1320 width
+= LGLYPH_WIDTH (glyph
);
1323 int xoff
, yoff
, wadjust
;
1327 font
->driver
->draw (s
, j
, i
, x
, y
, 0);
1328 if (s
->face
->overstrike
)
1329 font
->driver
->draw (s
, j
, i
, x
+ 1, y
, 0);
1332 xoff
= LGLYPH_XOFF (glyph
);
1333 yoff
= LGLYPH_YOFF (glyph
);
1334 wadjust
= LGLYPH_WADJUST (glyph
);
1335 font
->driver
->draw (s
, i
, i
+ 1, x
+ xoff
, y
+ yoff
, 0);
1336 if (s
->face
->overstrike
)
1337 font
->driver
->draw (s
, i
, i
+ 1, x
+ xoff
+ 1, y
+ yoff
, 0);
1345 font
->driver
->draw (s
, j
, i
, x
, y
, 0);
1346 if (s
->face
->overstrike
)
1347 font
->driver
->draw (s
, j
, i
, x
+ 1, y
, 0);
1353 /* Draw the foreground of glyph string S for glyphless characters. */
1356 x_draw_glyphless_glyph_string_foreground (struct glyph_string
*s
)
1358 struct glyph
*glyph
= s
->first_glyph
;
1362 /* If first glyph of S has a left box line, start drawing the text
1363 of S to the right of that box line. */
1364 if (s
->face
&& s
->face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
1365 && s
->first_glyph
->left_box_line_p
)
1366 x
= s
->x
+ eabs (s
->face
->box_line_width
);
1372 for (i
= 0; i
< s
->nchars
; i
++, glyph
++)
1374 char buf
[7], *str
= NULL
;
1375 int len
= glyph
->u
.glyphless
.len
;
1377 if (glyph
->u
.glyphless
.method
== GLYPHLESS_DISPLAY_ACRONYM
)
1380 && CHAR_TABLE_P (Vglyphless_char_display
)
1381 && (CHAR_TABLE_EXTRA_SLOTS (XCHAR_TABLE (Vglyphless_char_display
))
1385 = (! glyph
->u
.glyphless
.for_no_font
1386 ? CHAR_TABLE_REF (Vglyphless_char_display
,
1387 glyph
->u
.glyphless
.ch
)
1388 : XCHAR_TABLE (Vglyphless_char_display
)->extras
[0]);
1389 if (STRINGP (acronym
))
1390 str
= (char *) SDATA (acronym
);
1393 else if (glyph
->u
.glyphless
.method
== GLYPHLESS_DISPLAY_HEX_CODE
)
1395 sprintf ((char *) buf
, "%0*X",
1396 glyph
->u
.glyphless
.ch
< 0x10000 ? 4 : 6,
1397 glyph
->u
.glyphless
.ch
);
1403 int upper_len
= (len
+ 1) / 2;
1406 /* It is assured that all LEN characters in STR is ASCII. */
1407 for (j
= 0; j
< len
; j
++)
1409 code
= s
->font
->driver
->encode_char (s
->font
, str
[j
]);
1410 STORE_XCHAR2B (char2b
+ j
, code
>> 8, code
& 0xFF);
1412 s
->font
->driver
->draw (s
, 0, upper_len
,
1413 x
+ glyph
->slice
.glyphless
.upper_xoff
,
1414 s
->ybase
+ glyph
->slice
.glyphless
.upper_yoff
,
1416 s
->font
->driver
->draw (s
, upper_len
, len
,
1417 x
+ glyph
->slice
.glyphless
.lower_xoff
,
1418 s
->ybase
+ glyph
->slice
.glyphless
.lower_yoff
,
1421 if (glyph
->u
.glyphless
.method
!= GLYPHLESS_DISPLAY_THIN_SPACE
)
1422 XDrawRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
1423 x
, s
->ybase
- glyph
->ascent
,
1424 glyph
->pixel_width
- 1,
1425 glyph
->ascent
+ glyph
->descent
- 1);
1426 x
+= glyph
->pixel_width
;
1430 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
1432 static struct frame
*x_frame_of_widget (Widget
);
1433 static Boolean
cvt_string_to_pixel (Display
*, XrmValue
*, Cardinal
*,
1434 XrmValue
*, XrmValue
*, XtPointer
*);
1435 static void cvt_pixel_dtor (XtAppContext
, XrmValue
*, XtPointer
,
1436 XrmValue
*, Cardinal
*);
1439 /* Return the frame on which widget WIDGET is used.. Abort if frame
1440 cannot be determined. */
1442 static struct frame
*
1443 x_frame_of_widget (Widget widget
)
1445 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
1449 dpyinfo
= x_display_info_for_display (XtDisplay (widget
));
1451 /* Find the top-level shell of the widget. Note that this function
1452 can be called when the widget is not yet realized, so XtWindow
1453 (widget) == 0. That's the reason we can't simply use
1454 x_any_window_to_frame. */
1455 while (!XtIsTopLevelShell (widget
))
1456 widget
= XtParent (widget
);
1458 /* Look for a frame with that top-level widget. Allocate the color
1459 on that frame to get the right gamma correction value. */
1460 for (tail
= Vframe_list
; CONSP (tail
); tail
= XCDR (tail
))
1461 if (FRAMEP (XCAR (tail
))
1462 && (f
= XFRAME (XCAR (tail
)),
1464 && f
->output_data
.nothing
!= 1
1465 && FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
) == dpyinfo
))
1466 && f
->output_data
.x
->widget
== widget
)
1473 /* Allocate the color COLOR->pixel on the screen and display of
1474 widget WIDGET in colormap CMAP. If an exact match cannot be
1475 allocated, try the nearest color available. Value is non-zero
1476 if successful. This is called from lwlib. */
1479 x_alloc_nearest_color_for_widget (Widget widget
, Colormap cmap
, XColor
*color
)
1481 struct frame
*f
= x_frame_of_widget (widget
);
1482 return x_alloc_nearest_color (f
, cmap
, color
);
1486 /* Structure specifying which arguments should be passed by Xt to
1487 cvt_string_to_pixel. We want the widget's screen and colormap. */
1489 static XtConvertArgRec cvt_string_to_pixel_args
[] =
1491 {XtWidgetBaseOffset
, (XtPointer
) XtOffset (Widget
, core
.screen
),
1493 {XtWidgetBaseOffset
, (XtPointer
) XtOffset (Widget
, core
.colormap
),
1498 /* The address of this variable is returned by
1499 cvt_string_to_pixel. */
1501 static Pixel cvt_string_to_pixel_value
;
1504 /* Convert a color name to a pixel color.
1506 DPY is the display we are working on.
1508 ARGS is an array of *NARGS XrmValue structures holding additional
1509 information about the widget for which the conversion takes place.
1510 The contents of this array are determined by the specification
1511 in cvt_string_to_pixel_args.
1513 FROM is a pointer to an XrmValue which points to the color name to
1514 convert. TO is an XrmValue in which to return the pixel color.
1516 CLOSURE_RET is a pointer to user-data, in which we record if
1517 we allocated the color or not.
1519 Value is True if successful, False otherwise. */
1522 cvt_string_to_pixel (Display
*dpy
, XrmValue
*args
, Cardinal
*nargs
,
1523 XrmValue
*from
, XrmValue
*to
,
1524 XtPointer
*closure_ret
)
1534 XtAppWarningMsg (XtDisplayToApplicationContext (dpy
),
1535 "wrongParameters", "cvt_string_to_pixel",
1537 "Screen and colormap args required", NULL
, NULL
);
1541 screen
= *(Screen
**) args
[0].addr
;
1542 cmap
= *(Colormap
*) args
[1].addr
;
1543 color_name
= (String
) from
->addr
;
1545 if (strcmp (color_name
, XtDefaultBackground
) == 0)
1547 *closure_ret
= (XtPointer
) False
;
1548 pixel
= WhitePixelOfScreen (screen
);
1550 else if (strcmp (color_name
, XtDefaultForeground
) == 0)
1552 *closure_ret
= (XtPointer
) False
;
1553 pixel
= BlackPixelOfScreen (screen
);
1555 else if (XParseColor (dpy
, cmap
, color_name
, &color
)
1556 && x_alloc_nearest_color_1 (dpy
, cmap
, &color
))
1558 pixel
= color
.pixel
;
1559 *closure_ret
= (XtPointer
) True
;
1564 Cardinal nparams
= 1;
1566 params
[0] = color_name
;
1567 XtAppWarningMsg (XtDisplayToApplicationContext (dpy
),
1568 "badValue", "cvt_string_to_pixel",
1569 "XtToolkitError", "Invalid color `%s'",
1574 if (to
->addr
!= NULL
)
1576 if (to
->size
< sizeof (Pixel
))
1578 to
->size
= sizeof (Pixel
);
1582 *(Pixel
*) to
->addr
= pixel
;
1586 cvt_string_to_pixel_value
= pixel
;
1587 to
->addr
= (XtPointer
) &cvt_string_to_pixel_value
;
1590 to
->size
= sizeof (Pixel
);
1595 /* Free a pixel color which was previously allocated via
1596 cvt_string_to_pixel. This is registered as the destructor
1597 for this type of resource via XtSetTypeConverter.
1599 APP is the application context in which we work.
1601 TO is a pointer to an XrmValue holding the color to free.
1602 CLOSURE is the value we stored in CLOSURE_RET for this color
1603 in cvt_string_to_pixel.
1605 ARGS and NARGS are like for cvt_string_to_pixel. */
1608 cvt_pixel_dtor (XtAppContext app
, XrmValuePtr to
, XtPointer closure
, XrmValuePtr args
,
1613 XtAppWarningMsg (app
, "wrongParameters", "cvt_pixel_dtor",
1615 "Screen and colormap arguments required",
1618 else if (closure
!= NULL
)
1620 /* We did allocate the pixel, so free it. */
1621 Screen
*screen
= *(Screen
**) args
[0].addr
;
1622 Colormap cmap
= *(Colormap
*) args
[1].addr
;
1623 x_free_dpy_colors (DisplayOfScreen (screen
), screen
, cmap
,
1624 (Pixel
*) to
->addr
, 1);
1629 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
1632 /* Value is an array of XColor structures for the contents of the
1633 color map of display DPY. Set *NCELLS to the size of the array.
1634 Note that this probably shouldn't be called for large color maps,
1635 say a 24-bit TrueColor map. */
1637 static const XColor
*
1638 x_color_cells (Display
*dpy
, int *ncells
)
1640 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= x_display_info_for_display (dpy
);
1642 if (dpyinfo
->color_cells
== NULL
)
1644 Screen
*screen
= dpyinfo
->screen
;
1647 dpyinfo
->ncolor_cells
1648 = XDisplayCells (dpy
, XScreenNumberOfScreen (screen
));
1649 dpyinfo
->color_cells
1650 = (XColor
*) xmalloc (dpyinfo
->ncolor_cells
1651 * sizeof *dpyinfo
->color_cells
);
1653 for (i
= 0; i
< dpyinfo
->ncolor_cells
; ++i
)
1654 dpyinfo
->color_cells
[i
].pixel
= i
;
1656 XQueryColors (dpy
, dpyinfo
->cmap
,
1657 dpyinfo
->color_cells
, dpyinfo
->ncolor_cells
);
1660 *ncells
= dpyinfo
->ncolor_cells
;
1661 return dpyinfo
->color_cells
;
1665 /* On frame F, translate pixel colors to RGB values for the NCOLORS
1666 colors in COLORS. Use cached information, if available. */
1669 x_query_colors (struct frame
*f
, XColor
*colors
, int ncolors
)
1671 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
1673 if (dpyinfo
->color_cells
)
1676 for (i
= 0; i
< ncolors
; ++i
)
1678 unsigned long pixel
= colors
[i
].pixel
;
1679 xassert (pixel
< dpyinfo
->ncolor_cells
);
1680 xassert (dpyinfo
->color_cells
[pixel
].pixel
== pixel
);
1681 colors
[i
] = dpyinfo
->color_cells
[pixel
];
1685 XQueryColors (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_COLORMAP (f
), colors
, ncolors
);
1689 /* On frame F, translate pixel color to RGB values for the color in
1690 COLOR. Use cached information, if available. */
1693 x_query_color (struct frame
*f
, XColor
*color
)
1695 x_query_colors (f
, color
, 1);
1699 /* Allocate the color COLOR->pixel on DISPLAY, colormap CMAP. If an
1700 exact match can't be allocated, try the nearest color available.
1701 Value is non-zero if successful. Set *COLOR to the color
1705 x_alloc_nearest_color_1 (Display
*dpy
, Colormap cmap
, XColor
*color
)
1709 rc
= XAllocColor (dpy
, cmap
, color
);
1712 /* If we got to this point, the colormap is full, so we're going
1713 to try to get the next closest color. The algorithm used is
1714 a least-squares matching, which is what X uses for closest
1715 color matching with StaticColor visuals. */
1717 unsigned long nearest_delta
= ~0;
1719 const XColor
*cells
= x_color_cells (dpy
, &ncells
);
1721 for (nearest
= i
= 0; i
< ncells
; ++i
)
1723 long dred
= (color
->red
>> 8) - (cells
[i
].red
>> 8);
1724 long dgreen
= (color
->green
>> 8) - (cells
[i
].green
>> 8);
1725 long dblue
= (color
->blue
>> 8) - (cells
[i
].blue
>> 8);
1726 unsigned long delta
= dred
* dred
+ dgreen
* dgreen
+ dblue
* dblue
;
1728 if (delta
< nearest_delta
)
1731 nearest_delta
= delta
;
1735 color
->red
= cells
[nearest
].red
;
1736 color
->green
= cells
[nearest
].green
;
1737 color
->blue
= cells
[nearest
].blue
;
1738 rc
= XAllocColor (dpy
, cmap
, color
);
1742 /* If allocation succeeded, and the allocated pixel color is not
1743 equal to a cached pixel color recorded earlier, there was a
1744 change in the colormap, so clear the color cache. */
1745 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= x_display_info_for_display (dpy
);
1746 XColor
*cached_color
;
1748 if (dpyinfo
->color_cells
1749 && (cached_color
= &dpyinfo
->color_cells
[color
->pixel
],
1750 (cached_color
->red
!= color
->red
1751 || cached_color
->blue
!= color
->blue
1752 || cached_color
->green
!= color
->green
)))
1754 xfree (dpyinfo
->color_cells
);
1755 dpyinfo
->color_cells
= NULL
;
1756 dpyinfo
->ncolor_cells
= 0;
1760 #ifdef DEBUG_X_COLORS
1762 register_color (color
->pixel
);
1763 #endif /* DEBUG_X_COLORS */
1769 /* Allocate the color COLOR->pixel on frame F, colormap CMAP. If an
1770 exact match can't be allocated, try the nearest color available.
1771 Value is non-zero if successful. Set *COLOR to the color
1775 x_alloc_nearest_color (struct frame
*f
, Colormap cmap
, XColor
*color
)
1777 gamma_correct (f
, color
);
1778 return x_alloc_nearest_color_1 (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), cmap
, color
);
1782 /* Allocate color PIXEL on frame F. PIXEL must already be allocated.
1783 It's necessary to do this instead of just using PIXEL directly to
1784 get color reference counts right. */
1787 x_copy_color (struct frame
*f
, long unsigned int pixel
)
1791 color
.pixel
= pixel
;
1793 x_query_color (f
, &color
);
1794 XAllocColor (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_COLORMAP (f
), &color
);
1796 #ifdef DEBUG_X_COLORS
1797 register_color (pixel
);
1803 /* Allocate color PIXEL on display DPY. PIXEL must already be allocated.
1804 It's necessary to do this instead of just using PIXEL directly to
1805 get color reference counts right. */
1808 x_copy_dpy_color (Display
*dpy
, Colormap cmap
, long unsigned int pixel
)
1812 color
.pixel
= pixel
;
1814 XQueryColor (dpy
, cmap
, &color
);
1815 XAllocColor (dpy
, cmap
, &color
);
1817 #ifdef DEBUG_X_COLORS
1818 register_color (pixel
);
1824 /* Brightness beyond which a color won't have its highlight brightness
1827 Nominally, highlight colors for `3d' faces are calculated by
1828 brightening an object's color by a constant scale factor, but this
1829 doesn't yield good results for dark colors, so for colors who's
1830 brightness is less than this value (on a scale of 0-65535) have an
1831 use an additional additive factor.
1833 The value here is set so that the default menu-bar/mode-line color
1834 (grey75) will not have its highlights changed at all. */
1835 #define HIGHLIGHT_COLOR_DARK_BOOST_LIMIT 48000
1838 /* Allocate a color which is lighter or darker than *PIXEL by FACTOR
1839 or DELTA. Try a color with RGB values multiplied by FACTOR first.
1840 If this produces the same color as PIXEL, try a color where all RGB
1841 values have DELTA added. Return the allocated color in *PIXEL.
1842 DISPLAY is the X display, CMAP is the colormap to operate on.
1843 Value is non-zero if successful. */
1846 x_alloc_lighter_color (struct frame
*f
, Display
*display
, Colormap cmap
, long unsigned int *pixel
, double factor
, int delta
)
1852 /* Get RGB color values. */
1853 color
.pixel
= *pixel
;
1854 x_query_color (f
, &color
);
1856 /* Change RGB values by specified FACTOR. Avoid overflow! */
1857 xassert (factor
>= 0);
1858 new.red
= min (0xffff, factor
* color
.red
);
1859 new.green
= min (0xffff, factor
* color
.green
);
1860 new.blue
= min (0xffff, factor
* color
.blue
);
1862 /* Calculate brightness of COLOR. */
1863 bright
= (2 * color
.red
+ 3 * color
.green
+ color
.blue
) / 6;
1865 /* We only boost colors that are darker than
1866 HIGHLIGHT_COLOR_DARK_BOOST_LIMIT. */
1867 if (bright
< HIGHLIGHT_COLOR_DARK_BOOST_LIMIT
)
1868 /* Make an additive adjustment to NEW, because it's dark enough so
1869 that scaling by FACTOR alone isn't enough. */
1871 /* How far below the limit this color is (0 - 1, 1 being darker). */
1872 double dimness
= 1 - (double)bright
/ HIGHLIGHT_COLOR_DARK_BOOST_LIMIT
;
1873 /* The additive adjustment. */
1874 int min_delta
= delta
* dimness
* factor
/ 2;
1878 new.red
= max (0, new.red
- min_delta
);
1879 new.green
= max (0, new.green
- min_delta
);
1880 new.blue
= max (0, new.blue
- min_delta
);
1884 new.red
= min (0xffff, min_delta
+ new.red
);
1885 new.green
= min (0xffff, min_delta
+ new.green
);
1886 new.blue
= min (0xffff, min_delta
+ new.blue
);
1890 /* Try to allocate the color. */
1891 success_p
= x_alloc_nearest_color (f
, cmap
, &new);
1894 if (new.pixel
== *pixel
)
1896 /* If we end up with the same color as before, try adding
1897 delta to the RGB values. */
1898 x_free_colors (f
, &new.pixel
, 1);
1900 new.red
= min (0xffff, delta
+ color
.red
);
1901 new.green
= min (0xffff, delta
+ color
.green
);
1902 new.blue
= min (0xffff, delta
+ color
.blue
);
1903 success_p
= x_alloc_nearest_color (f
, cmap
, &new);
1914 /* Set up the foreground color for drawing relief lines of glyph
1915 string S. RELIEF is a pointer to a struct relief containing the GC
1916 with which lines will be drawn. Use a color that is FACTOR or
1917 DELTA lighter or darker than the relief's background which is found
1918 in S->f->output_data.x->relief_background. If such a color cannot
1919 be allocated, use DEFAULT_PIXEL, instead. */
1922 x_setup_relief_color (struct frame
*f
, struct relief
*relief
, double factor
, int delta
, long unsigned int default_pixel
)
1925 struct x_output
*di
= f
->output_data
.x
;
1926 unsigned long mask
= GCForeground
| GCLineWidth
| GCGraphicsExposures
;
1927 unsigned long pixel
;
1928 unsigned long background
= di
->relief_background
;
1929 Colormap cmap
= FRAME_X_COLORMAP (f
);
1930 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
1931 Display
*dpy
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
1933 xgcv
.graphics_exposures
= False
;
1934 xgcv
.line_width
= 1;
1936 /* Free previously allocated color. The color cell will be reused
1937 when it has been freed as many times as it was allocated, so this
1938 doesn't affect faces using the same colors. */
1940 && relief
->allocated_p
)
1942 x_free_colors (f
, &relief
->pixel
, 1);
1943 relief
->allocated_p
= 0;
1946 /* Allocate new color. */
1947 xgcv
.foreground
= default_pixel
;
1949 if (dpyinfo
->n_planes
!= 1
1950 && x_alloc_lighter_color (f
, dpy
, cmap
, &pixel
, factor
, delta
))
1952 relief
->allocated_p
= 1;
1953 xgcv
.foreground
= relief
->pixel
= pixel
;
1956 if (relief
->gc
== 0)
1958 xgcv
.stipple
= dpyinfo
->gray
;
1960 relief
->gc
= XCreateGC (dpy
, FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), mask
, &xgcv
);
1963 XChangeGC (dpy
, relief
->gc
, mask
, &xgcv
);
1967 /* Set up colors for the relief lines around glyph string S. */
1970 x_setup_relief_colors (struct glyph_string
*s
)
1972 struct x_output
*di
= s
->f
->output_data
.x
;
1973 unsigned long color
;
1975 if (s
->face
->use_box_color_for_shadows_p
)
1976 color
= s
->face
->box_color
;
1977 else if (s
->first_glyph
->type
== IMAGE_GLYPH
1979 && !IMAGE_BACKGROUND_TRANSPARENT (s
->img
, s
->f
, 0))
1980 color
= IMAGE_BACKGROUND (s
->img
, s
->f
, 0);
1985 /* Get the background color of the face. */
1986 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, s
->gc
, GCBackground
, &xgcv
);
1987 color
= xgcv
.background
;
1990 if (di
->white_relief
.gc
== 0
1991 || color
!= di
->relief_background
)
1993 di
->relief_background
= color
;
1994 x_setup_relief_color (s
->f
, &di
->white_relief
, 1.2, 0x8000,
1995 WHITE_PIX_DEFAULT (s
->f
));
1996 x_setup_relief_color (s
->f
, &di
->black_relief
, 0.6, 0x4000,
1997 BLACK_PIX_DEFAULT (s
->f
));
2002 /* Draw a relief on frame F inside the rectangle given by LEFT_X,
2003 TOP_Y, RIGHT_X, and BOTTOM_Y. WIDTH is the thickness of the relief
2004 to draw, it must be >= 0. RAISED_P non-zero means draw a raised
2005 relief. LEFT_P non-zero means draw a relief on the left side of
2006 the rectangle. RIGHT_P non-zero means draw a relief on the right
2007 side of the rectangle. CLIP_RECT is the clipping rectangle to use
2011 x_draw_relief_rect (struct frame
*f
,
2012 int left_x
, int top_y
, int right_x
, int bottom_y
, int width
,
2013 int raised_p
, int top_p
, int bot_p
, int left_p
, int right_p
,
2014 XRectangle
*clip_rect
)
2016 Display
*dpy
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
2017 Window window
= FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
);
2022 gc
= f
->output_data
.x
->white_relief
.gc
;
2024 gc
= f
->output_data
.x
->black_relief
.gc
;
2025 XSetClipRectangles (dpy
, gc
, 0, 0, clip_rect
, 1, Unsorted
);
2027 /* This code is more complicated than it has to be, because of two
2028 minor hacks to make the boxes look nicer: (i) if width > 1, draw
2029 the outermost line using the black relief. (ii) Omit the four
2036 XDrawLine (dpy
, window
, gc
,
2037 left_x
+ (left_p
? 1 : 0), top_y
,
2038 right_x
+ (right_p
? 0 : 1), top_y
);
2040 for (i
= 1; i
< width
; ++i
)
2041 XDrawLine (dpy
, window
, gc
,
2042 left_x
+ i
* left_p
, top_y
+ i
,
2043 right_x
+ 1 - i
* right_p
, top_y
+ i
);
2050 XDrawLine (dpy
, window
, gc
, left_x
, top_y
+ 1, left_x
, bottom_y
);
2052 XClearArea (dpy
, window
, left_x
, top_y
, 1, 1, False
);
2053 XClearArea (dpy
, window
, left_x
, bottom_y
, 1, 1, False
);
2055 for (i
= (width
> 1 ? 1 : 0); i
< width
; ++i
)
2056 XDrawLine (dpy
, window
, gc
,
2057 left_x
+ i
, top_y
+ i
, left_x
+ i
, bottom_y
- i
+ 1);
2060 XSetClipMask (dpy
, gc
, None
);
2062 gc
= f
->output_data
.x
->black_relief
.gc
;
2064 gc
= f
->output_data
.x
->white_relief
.gc
;
2065 XSetClipRectangles (dpy
, gc
, 0, 0, clip_rect
, 1, Unsorted
);
2069 /* Outermost top line. */
2071 XDrawLine (dpy
, window
, gc
,
2072 left_x
+ (left_p
? 1 : 0), top_y
,
2073 right_x
+ (right_p
? 0 : 1), top_y
);
2075 /* Outermost left line. */
2077 XDrawLine (dpy
, window
, gc
, left_x
, top_y
+ 1, left_x
, bottom_y
);
2083 XDrawLine (dpy
, window
, gc
,
2084 left_x
+ (left_p
? 1 : 0), bottom_y
,
2085 right_x
+ (right_p
? 0 : 1), bottom_y
);
2086 for (i
= 1; i
< width
; ++i
)
2087 XDrawLine (dpy
, window
, gc
,
2088 left_x
+ i
* left_p
, bottom_y
- i
,
2089 right_x
+ 1 - i
* right_p
, bottom_y
- i
);
2095 XClearArea (dpy
, window
, right_x
, top_y
, 1, 1, False
);
2096 XClearArea (dpy
, window
, right_x
, bottom_y
, 1, 1, False
);
2097 for (i
= 0; i
< width
; ++i
)
2098 XDrawLine (dpy
, window
, gc
,
2099 right_x
- i
, top_y
+ i
+ 1, right_x
- i
, bottom_y
- i
);
2102 XSetClipMask (dpy
, gc
, None
);
2106 /* Draw a box on frame F inside the rectangle given by LEFT_X, TOP_Y,
2107 RIGHT_X, and BOTTOM_Y. WIDTH is the thickness of the lines to
2108 draw, it must be >= 0. LEFT_P non-zero means draw a line on the
2109 left side of the rectangle. RIGHT_P non-zero means draw a line
2110 on the right side of the rectangle. CLIP_RECT is the clipping
2111 rectangle to use when drawing. */
2114 x_draw_box_rect (struct glyph_string
*s
,
2115 int left_x
, int top_y
, int right_x
, int bottom_y
, int width
,
2116 int left_p
, int right_p
, XRectangle
*clip_rect
)
2120 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, s
->gc
, GCForeground
, &xgcv
);
2121 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, s
->face
->box_color
);
2122 XSetClipRectangles (s
->display
, s
->gc
, 0, 0, clip_rect
, 1, Unsorted
);
2125 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2126 left_x
, top_y
, right_x
- left_x
+ 1, width
);
2130 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2131 left_x
, top_y
, width
, bottom_y
- top_y
+ 1);
2134 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2135 left_x
, bottom_y
- width
+ 1, right_x
- left_x
+ 1, width
);
2139 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2140 right_x
- width
+ 1, top_y
, width
, bottom_y
- top_y
+ 1);
2142 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.foreground
);
2143 XSetClipMask (s
->display
, s
->gc
, None
);
2147 /* Draw a box around glyph string S. */
2150 x_draw_glyph_string_box (struct glyph_string
*s
)
2152 int width
, left_x
, right_x
, top_y
, bottom_y
, last_x
, raised_p
;
2153 int left_p
, right_p
;
2154 struct glyph
*last_glyph
;
2155 XRectangle clip_rect
;
2157 last_x
= ((s
->row
->full_width_p
&& !s
->w
->pseudo_window_p
)
2158 ? WINDOW_RIGHT_EDGE_X (s
->w
)
2159 : window_box_right (s
->w
, s
->area
));
2161 /* The glyph that may have a right box line. */
2162 last_glyph
= (s
->cmp
|| s
->img
2164 : s
->first_glyph
+ s
->nchars
- 1);
2166 width
= eabs (s
->face
->box_line_width
);
2167 raised_p
= s
->face
->box
== FACE_RAISED_BOX
;
2169 right_x
= (s
->row
->full_width_p
&& s
->extends_to_end_of_line_p
2171 : min (last_x
, s
->x
+ s
->background_width
) - 1);
2173 bottom_y
= top_y
+ s
->height
- 1;
2175 left_p
= (s
->first_glyph
->left_box_line_p
2176 || (s
->hl
== DRAW_MOUSE_FACE
2178 || s
->prev
->hl
!= s
->hl
)));
2179 right_p
= (last_glyph
->right_box_line_p
2180 || (s
->hl
== DRAW_MOUSE_FACE
2182 || s
->next
->hl
!= s
->hl
)));
2184 get_glyph_string_clip_rect (s
, &clip_rect
);
2186 if (s
->face
->box
== FACE_SIMPLE_BOX
)
2187 x_draw_box_rect (s
, left_x
, top_y
, right_x
, bottom_y
, width
,
2188 left_p
, right_p
, &clip_rect
);
2191 x_setup_relief_colors (s
);
2192 x_draw_relief_rect (s
->f
, left_x
, top_y
, right_x
, bottom_y
,
2193 width
, raised_p
, 1, 1, left_p
, right_p
, &clip_rect
);
2198 /* Draw foreground of image glyph string S. */
2201 x_draw_image_foreground (struct glyph_string
*s
)
2204 int y
= s
->ybase
- image_ascent (s
->img
, s
->face
, &s
->slice
);
2206 /* If first glyph of S has a left box line, start drawing it to the
2207 right of that line. */
2208 if (s
->face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
2209 && s
->first_glyph
->left_box_line_p
2211 x
+= eabs (s
->face
->box_line_width
);
2213 /* If there is a margin around the image, adjust x- and y-position
2215 if (s
->slice
.x
== 0)
2216 x
+= s
->img
->hmargin
;
2217 if (s
->slice
.y
== 0)
2218 y
+= s
->img
->vmargin
;
2224 /* We can't set both a clip mask and use XSetClipRectangles
2225 because the latter also sets a clip mask. We also can't
2226 trust on the shape extension to be available
2227 (XShapeCombineRegion). So, compute the rectangle to draw
2229 unsigned long mask
= (GCClipMask
| GCClipXOrigin
| GCClipYOrigin
2232 XRectangle clip_rect
, image_rect
, r
;
2234 xgcv
.clip_mask
= s
->img
->mask
;
2235 xgcv
.clip_x_origin
= x
;
2236 xgcv
.clip_y_origin
= y
;
2237 xgcv
.function
= GXcopy
;
2238 XChangeGC (s
->display
, s
->gc
, mask
, &xgcv
);
2240 get_glyph_string_clip_rect (s
, &clip_rect
);
2243 image_rect
.width
= s
->slice
.width
;
2244 image_rect
.height
= s
->slice
.height
;
2245 if (x_intersect_rectangles (&clip_rect
, &image_rect
, &r
))
2246 XCopyArea (s
->display
, s
->img
->pixmap
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2247 s
->slice
.x
+ r
.x
- x
, s
->slice
.y
+ r
.y
- y
,
2248 r
.width
, r
.height
, r
.x
, r
.y
);
2252 XRectangle clip_rect
, image_rect
, r
;
2254 get_glyph_string_clip_rect (s
, &clip_rect
);
2257 image_rect
.width
= s
->slice
.width
;
2258 image_rect
.height
= s
->slice
.height
;
2259 if (x_intersect_rectangles (&clip_rect
, &image_rect
, &r
))
2260 XCopyArea (s
->display
, s
->img
->pixmap
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2261 s
->slice
.x
+ r
.x
- x
, s
->slice
.y
+ r
.y
- y
,
2262 r
.width
, r
.height
, r
.x
, r
.y
);
2264 /* When the image has a mask, we can expect that at
2265 least part of a mouse highlight or a block cursor will
2266 be visible. If the image doesn't have a mask, make
2267 a block cursor visible by drawing a rectangle around
2268 the image. I believe it's looking better if we do
2269 nothing here for mouse-face. */
2270 if (s
->hl
== DRAW_CURSOR
)
2272 int r
= s
->img
->relief
;
2274 XDrawRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2276 s
->slice
.width
+ r
*2 - 1,
2277 s
->slice
.height
+ r
*2 - 1);
2282 /* Draw a rectangle if image could not be loaded. */
2283 XDrawRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, x
, y
,
2284 s
->slice
.width
- 1, s
->slice
.height
- 1);
2288 /* Draw a relief around the image glyph string S. */
2291 x_draw_image_relief (struct glyph_string
*s
)
2293 int x0
, y0
, x1
, y1
, thick
, raised_p
, extra
;
2296 int y
= s
->ybase
- image_ascent (s
->img
, s
->face
, &s
->slice
);
2298 /* If first glyph of S has a left box line, start drawing it to the
2299 right of that line. */
2300 if (s
->face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
2301 && s
->first_glyph
->left_box_line_p
2303 x
+= eabs (s
->face
->box_line_width
);
2305 /* If there is a margin around the image, adjust x- and y-position
2307 if (s
->slice
.x
== 0)
2308 x
+= s
->img
->hmargin
;
2309 if (s
->slice
.y
== 0)
2310 y
+= s
->img
->vmargin
;
2312 if (s
->hl
== DRAW_IMAGE_SUNKEN
2313 || s
->hl
== DRAW_IMAGE_RAISED
)
2315 thick
= tool_bar_button_relief
>= 0 ? tool_bar_button_relief
: DEFAULT_TOOL_BAR_BUTTON_RELIEF
;
2316 raised_p
= s
->hl
== DRAW_IMAGE_RAISED
;
2320 thick
= eabs (s
->img
->relief
);
2321 raised_p
= s
->img
->relief
> 0;
2324 extra
= s
->face
->id
== TOOL_BAR_FACE_ID
2325 ? XINT (Vtool_bar_button_margin
) : 0;
2327 x0
= x
- thick
- extra
;
2328 y0
= y
- thick
- extra
;
2329 x1
= x
+ s
->slice
.width
+ thick
- 1 + extra
;
2330 y1
= y
+ s
->slice
.height
+ thick
- 1 + extra
;
2332 x_setup_relief_colors (s
);
2333 get_glyph_string_clip_rect (s
, &r
);
2334 x_draw_relief_rect (s
->f
, x0
, y0
, x1
, y1
, thick
, raised_p
,
2336 s
->slice
.y
+ s
->slice
.height
== s
->img
->height
,
2338 s
->slice
.x
+ s
->slice
.width
== s
->img
->width
,
2343 /* Draw the foreground of image glyph string S to PIXMAP. */
2346 x_draw_image_foreground_1 (struct glyph_string
*s
, Pixmap pixmap
)
2349 int y
= s
->ybase
- s
->y
- image_ascent (s
->img
, s
->face
, &s
->slice
);
2351 /* If first glyph of S has a left box line, start drawing it to the
2352 right of that line. */
2353 if (s
->face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
2354 && s
->first_glyph
->left_box_line_p
2356 x
+= eabs (s
->face
->box_line_width
);
2358 /* If there is a margin around the image, adjust x- and y-position
2360 if (s
->slice
.x
== 0)
2361 x
+= s
->img
->hmargin
;
2362 if (s
->slice
.y
== 0)
2363 y
+= s
->img
->vmargin
;
2369 /* We can't set both a clip mask and use XSetClipRectangles
2370 because the latter also sets a clip mask. We also can't
2371 trust on the shape extension to be available
2372 (XShapeCombineRegion). So, compute the rectangle to draw
2374 unsigned long mask
= (GCClipMask
| GCClipXOrigin
| GCClipYOrigin
2378 xgcv
.clip_mask
= s
->img
->mask
;
2379 xgcv
.clip_x_origin
= x
- s
->slice
.x
;
2380 xgcv
.clip_y_origin
= y
- s
->slice
.y
;
2381 xgcv
.function
= GXcopy
;
2382 XChangeGC (s
->display
, s
->gc
, mask
, &xgcv
);
2384 XCopyArea (s
->display
, s
->img
->pixmap
, pixmap
, s
->gc
,
2385 s
->slice
.x
, s
->slice
.y
,
2386 s
->slice
.width
, s
->slice
.height
, x
, y
);
2387 XSetClipMask (s
->display
, s
->gc
, None
);
2391 XCopyArea (s
->display
, s
->img
->pixmap
, pixmap
, s
->gc
,
2392 s
->slice
.x
, s
->slice
.y
,
2393 s
->slice
.width
, s
->slice
.height
, x
, y
);
2395 /* When the image has a mask, we can expect that at
2396 least part of a mouse highlight or a block cursor will
2397 be visible. If the image doesn't have a mask, make
2398 a block cursor visible by drawing a rectangle around
2399 the image. I believe it's looking better if we do
2400 nothing here for mouse-face. */
2401 if (s
->hl
== DRAW_CURSOR
)
2403 int r
= s
->img
->relief
;
2405 XDrawRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, x
- r
, y
- r
,
2406 s
->slice
.width
+ r
*2 - 1,
2407 s
->slice
.height
+ r
*2 - 1);
2412 /* Draw a rectangle if image could not be loaded. */
2413 XDrawRectangle (s
->display
, pixmap
, s
->gc
, x
, y
,
2414 s
->slice
.width
- 1, s
->slice
.height
- 1);
2418 /* Draw part of the background of glyph string S. X, Y, W, and H
2419 give the rectangle to draw. */
2422 x_draw_glyph_string_bg_rect (struct glyph_string
*s
, int x
, int y
, int w
, int h
)
2426 /* Fill background with a stipple pattern. */
2427 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, s
->gc
, FillOpaqueStippled
);
2428 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, x
, y
, w
, h
);
2429 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, s
->gc
, FillSolid
);
2432 x_clear_glyph_string_rect (s
, x
, y
, w
, h
);
2436 /* Draw image glyph string S.
2439 s->x +-------------------------
2442 | +-------------------------
2445 | | +-------------------
2451 x_draw_image_glyph_string (struct glyph_string
*s
)
2453 int box_line_hwidth
= eabs (s
->face
->box_line_width
);
2454 int box_line_vwidth
= max (s
->face
->box_line_width
, 0);
2456 Pixmap pixmap
= None
;
2459 if (s
->slice
.y
== 0)
2460 height
-= box_line_vwidth
;
2461 if (s
->slice
.y
+ s
->slice
.height
>= s
->img
->height
)
2462 height
-= box_line_vwidth
;
2464 /* Fill background with face under the image. Do it only if row is
2465 taller than image or if image has a clip mask to reduce
2467 s
->stippled_p
= s
->face
->stipple
!= 0;
2468 if (height
> s
->slice
.height
2472 || s
->img
->pixmap
== 0
2473 || s
->width
!= s
->background_width
)
2477 /* Create a pixmap as large as the glyph string. Fill it
2478 with the background color. Copy the image to it, using
2479 its mask. Copy the temporary pixmap to the display. */
2480 Screen
*screen
= FRAME_X_SCREEN (s
->f
);
2481 int depth
= DefaultDepthOfScreen (screen
);
2483 /* Create a pixmap as large as the glyph string. */
2484 pixmap
= XCreatePixmap (s
->display
, s
->window
,
2485 s
->background_width
,
2488 /* Don't clip in the following because we're working on the
2490 XSetClipMask (s
->display
, s
->gc
, None
);
2492 /* Fill the pixmap with the background color/stipple. */
2495 /* Fill background with a stipple pattern. */
2496 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, s
->gc
, FillOpaqueStippled
);
2497 XSetTSOrigin (s
->display
, s
->gc
, - s
->x
, - s
->y
);
2498 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, pixmap
, s
->gc
,
2499 0, 0, s
->background_width
, s
->height
);
2500 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, s
->gc
, FillSolid
);
2501 XSetTSOrigin (s
->display
, s
->gc
, 0, 0);
2506 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, s
->gc
, GCForeground
| GCBackground
,
2508 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.background
);
2509 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, pixmap
, s
->gc
,
2510 0, 0, s
->background_width
, s
->height
);
2511 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.foreground
);
2519 if (s
->first_glyph
->left_box_line_p
2521 x
+= box_line_hwidth
;
2523 if (s
->slice
.y
== 0)
2524 y
+= box_line_vwidth
;
2526 x_draw_glyph_string_bg_rect (s
, x
, y
, s
->background_width
, height
);
2529 s
->background_filled_p
= 1;
2532 /* Draw the foreground. */
2535 x_draw_image_foreground_1 (s
, pixmap
);
2536 x_set_glyph_string_clipping (s
);
2537 XCopyArea (s
->display
, pixmap
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2538 0, 0, s
->background_width
, s
->height
, s
->x
, s
->y
);
2539 XFreePixmap (s
->display
, pixmap
);
2542 x_draw_image_foreground (s
);
2544 /* If we must draw a relief around the image, do it. */
2546 || s
->hl
== DRAW_IMAGE_RAISED
2547 || s
->hl
== DRAW_IMAGE_SUNKEN
)
2548 x_draw_image_relief (s
);
2552 /* Draw stretch glyph string S. */
2555 x_draw_stretch_glyph_string (struct glyph_string
*s
)
2557 xassert (s
->first_glyph
->type
== STRETCH_GLYPH
);
2559 if (s
->hl
== DRAW_CURSOR
2560 && !x_stretch_cursor_p
)
2562 /* If `x-stretch-cursor' is nil, don't draw a block cursor as
2563 wide as the stretch glyph. */
2564 int width
, background_width
= s
->background_width
;
2567 if (!s
->row
->reversed_p
)
2569 int left_x
= window_box_left_offset (s
->w
, TEXT_AREA
);
2573 background_width
-= left_x
- x
;
2579 /* In R2L rows, draw the cursor on the right edge of the
2581 int right_x
= window_box_right_offset (s
->w
, TEXT_AREA
);
2583 if (x
+ background_width
> right_x
)
2584 background_width
-= x
- right_x
;
2585 x
+= background_width
;
2587 width
= min (FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (s
->f
), background_width
);
2588 if (s
->row
->reversed_p
)
2592 x_draw_glyph_string_bg_rect (s
, x
, s
->y
, width
, s
->height
);
2594 /* Clear rest using the GC of the original non-cursor face. */
2595 if (width
< background_width
)
2598 int w
= background_width
- width
, h
= s
->height
;
2602 if (!s
->row
->reversed_p
)
2606 if (s
->row
->mouse_face_p
2607 && cursor_in_mouse_face_p (s
->w
))
2609 x_set_mouse_face_gc (s
);
2615 get_glyph_string_clip_rect (s
, &r
);
2616 XSetClipRectangles (s
->display
, gc
, 0, 0, &r
, 1, Unsorted
);
2618 if (s
->face
->stipple
)
2620 /* Fill background with a stipple pattern. */
2621 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, gc
, FillOpaqueStippled
);
2622 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, gc
, x
, y
, w
, h
);
2623 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, gc
, FillSolid
);
2628 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, gc
, GCForeground
| GCBackground
, &xgcv
);
2629 XSetForeground (s
->display
, gc
, xgcv
.background
);
2630 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, gc
, x
, y
, w
, h
);
2631 XSetForeground (s
->display
, gc
, xgcv
.foreground
);
2635 else if (!s
->background_filled_p
)
2637 int background_width
= s
->background_width
;
2638 int x
= s
->x
, left_x
= window_box_left_offset (s
->w
, TEXT_AREA
);
2640 /* Don't draw into left margin, fringe or scrollbar area
2641 except for header line and mode line. */
2642 if (x
< left_x
&& !s
->row
->mode_line_p
)
2644 background_width
-= left_x
- x
;
2647 if (background_width
> 0)
2648 x_draw_glyph_string_bg_rect (s
, x
, s
->y
, background_width
, s
->height
);
2651 s
->background_filled_p
= 1;
2655 /* Draw glyph string S. */
2658 x_draw_glyph_string (struct glyph_string
*s
)
2660 int relief_drawn_p
= 0;
2662 /* If S draws into the background of its successors, draw the
2663 background of the successors first so that S can draw into it.
2664 This makes S->next use XDrawString instead of XDrawImageString. */
2665 if (s
->next
&& s
->right_overhang
&& !s
->for_overlaps
)
2668 struct glyph_string
*next
;
2670 for (width
= 0, next
= s
->next
;
2671 next
&& width
< s
->right_overhang
;
2672 width
+= next
->width
, next
= next
->next
)
2673 if (next
->first_glyph
->type
!= IMAGE_GLYPH
)
2675 x_set_glyph_string_gc (next
);
2676 x_set_glyph_string_clipping (next
);
2677 if (next
->first_glyph
->type
== STRETCH_GLYPH
)
2678 x_draw_stretch_glyph_string (next
);
2680 x_draw_glyph_string_background (next
, 1);
2681 next
->num_clips
= 0;
2685 /* Set up S->gc, set clipping and draw S. */
2686 x_set_glyph_string_gc (s
);
2688 /* Draw relief (if any) in advance for char/composition so that the
2689 glyph string can be drawn over it. */
2690 if (!s
->for_overlaps
2691 && s
->face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
2692 && (s
->first_glyph
->type
== CHAR_GLYPH
2693 || s
->first_glyph
->type
== COMPOSITE_GLYPH
))
2696 x_set_glyph_string_clipping (s
);
2697 x_draw_glyph_string_background (s
, 1);
2698 x_draw_glyph_string_box (s
);
2699 x_set_glyph_string_clipping (s
);
2702 else if (!s
->clip_head
/* draw_glyphs didn't specify a clip mask. */
2704 && ((s
->prev
&& s
->prev
->hl
!= s
->hl
&& s
->left_overhang
)
2705 || (s
->next
&& s
->next
->hl
!= s
->hl
&& s
->right_overhang
)))
2706 /* We must clip just this glyph. left_overhang part has already
2707 drawn when s->prev was drawn, and right_overhang part will be
2708 drawn later when s->next is drawn. */
2709 x_set_glyph_string_clipping_exactly (s
, s
);
2711 x_set_glyph_string_clipping (s
);
2713 switch (s
->first_glyph
->type
)
2716 x_draw_image_glyph_string (s
);
2720 x_draw_stretch_glyph_string (s
);
2724 if (s
->for_overlaps
)
2725 s
->background_filled_p
= 1;
2727 x_draw_glyph_string_background (s
, 0);
2728 x_draw_glyph_string_foreground (s
);
2731 case COMPOSITE_GLYPH
:
2732 if (s
->for_overlaps
|| (s
->cmp_from
> 0
2733 && ! s
->first_glyph
->u
.cmp
.automatic
))
2734 s
->background_filled_p
= 1;
2736 x_draw_glyph_string_background (s
, 1);
2737 x_draw_composite_glyph_string_foreground (s
);
2740 case GLYPHLESS_GLYPH
:
2741 if (s
->for_overlaps
)
2742 s
->background_filled_p
= 1;
2744 x_draw_glyph_string_background (s
, 1);
2745 x_draw_glyphless_glyph_string_foreground (s
);
2752 if (!s
->for_overlaps
)
2754 /* Draw underline. */
2755 if (s
->face
->underline_p
)
2757 unsigned long thickness
, position
;
2760 if (s
->prev
&& s
->prev
->face
->underline_p
)
2762 /* We use the same underline style as the previous one. */
2763 thickness
= s
->prev
->underline_thickness
;
2764 position
= s
->prev
->underline_position
;
2768 /* Get the underline thickness. Default is 1 pixel. */
2769 if (s
->font
&& s
->font
->underline_thickness
> 0)
2770 thickness
= s
->font
->underline_thickness
;
2773 if (x_underline_at_descent_line
)
2774 position
= (s
->height
- thickness
) - (s
->ybase
- s
->y
);
2777 /* Get the underline position. This is the recommended
2778 vertical offset in pixels from the baseline to the top of
2779 the underline. This is a signed value according to the
2780 specs, and its default is
2782 ROUND ((maximum descent) / 2), with
2783 ROUND(x) = floor (x + 0.5) */
2785 if (x_use_underline_position_properties
2786 && s
->font
&& s
->font
->underline_position
>= 0)
2787 position
= s
->font
->underline_position
;
2789 position
= (s
->font
->descent
+ 1) / 2;
2791 position
= underline_minimum_offset
;
2793 position
= max (position
, underline_minimum_offset
);
2795 /* Check the sanity of thickness and position. We should
2796 avoid drawing underline out of the current line area. */
2797 if (s
->y
+ s
->height
<= s
->ybase
+ position
)
2798 position
= (s
->height
- 1) - (s
->ybase
- s
->y
);
2799 if (s
->y
+ s
->height
< s
->ybase
+ position
+ thickness
)
2800 thickness
= (s
->y
+ s
->height
) - (s
->ybase
+ position
);
2801 s
->underline_thickness
= thickness
;
2802 s
->underline_position
= position
;
2803 y
= s
->ybase
+ position
;
2804 if (s
->face
->underline_defaulted_p
)
2805 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2806 s
->x
, y
, s
->width
, thickness
);
2810 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, s
->gc
, GCForeground
, &xgcv
);
2811 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, s
->face
->underline_color
);
2812 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2813 s
->x
, y
, s
->width
, thickness
);
2814 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.foreground
);
2818 /* Draw overline. */
2819 if (s
->face
->overline_p
)
2821 unsigned long dy
= 0, h
= 1;
2823 if (s
->face
->overline_color_defaulted_p
)
2824 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, s
->x
, s
->y
+ dy
,
2829 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, s
->gc
, GCForeground
, &xgcv
);
2830 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, s
->face
->overline_color
);
2831 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, s
->x
, s
->y
+ dy
,
2833 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.foreground
);
2837 /* Draw strike-through. */
2838 if (s
->face
->strike_through_p
)
2840 unsigned long h
= 1;
2841 unsigned long dy
= (s
->height
- h
) / 2;
2843 if (s
->face
->strike_through_color_defaulted_p
)
2844 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, s
->x
, s
->y
+ dy
,
2849 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, s
->gc
, GCForeground
, &xgcv
);
2850 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, s
->face
->strike_through_color
);
2851 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, s
->x
, s
->y
+ dy
,
2853 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.foreground
);
2857 /* Draw relief if not yet drawn. */
2858 if (!relief_drawn_p
&& s
->face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
)
2859 x_draw_glyph_string_box (s
);
2863 struct glyph_string
*prev
;
2865 for (prev
= s
->prev
; prev
; prev
= prev
->prev
)
2866 if (prev
->hl
!= s
->hl
2867 && prev
->x
+ prev
->width
+ prev
->right_overhang
> s
->x
)
2869 /* As prev was drawn while clipped to its own area, we
2870 must draw the right_overhang part using s->hl now. */
2871 enum draw_glyphs_face save
= prev
->hl
;
2874 x_set_glyph_string_gc (prev
);
2875 x_set_glyph_string_clipping_exactly (s
, prev
);
2876 if (prev
->first_glyph
->type
== CHAR_GLYPH
)
2877 x_draw_glyph_string_foreground (prev
);
2879 x_draw_composite_glyph_string_foreground (prev
);
2880 XSetClipMask (prev
->display
, prev
->gc
, None
);
2882 prev
->num_clips
= 0;
2888 struct glyph_string
*next
;
2890 for (next
= s
->next
; next
; next
= next
->next
)
2891 if (next
->hl
!= s
->hl
2892 && next
->x
- next
->left_overhang
< s
->x
+ s
->width
)
2894 /* As next will be drawn while clipped to its own area,
2895 we must draw the left_overhang part using s->hl now. */
2896 enum draw_glyphs_face save
= next
->hl
;
2899 x_set_glyph_string_gc (next
);
2900 x_set_glyph_string_clipping_exactly (s
, next
);
2901 if (next
->first_glyph
->type
== CHAR_GLYPH
)
2902 x_draw_glyph_string_foreground (next
);
2904 x_draw_composite_glyph_string_foreground (next
);
2905 XSetClipMask (next
->display
, next
->gc
, None
);
2907 next
->num_clips
= 0;
2912 /* Reset clipping. */
2913 XSetClipMask (s
->display
, s
->gc
, None
);
2917 /* Shift display to make room for inserted glyphs. */
2920 x_shift_glyphs_for_insert (struct frame
*f
, int x
, int y
, int width
, int height
, int shift_by
)
2922 XCopyArea (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
2923 f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
,
2924 x
, y
, width
, height
,
2928 /* Delete N glyphs at the nominal cursor position. Not implemented
2932 x_delete_glyphs (struct frame
*f
, register int n
)
2938 /* Like XClearArea, but check that WIDTH and HEIGHT are reasonable.
2939 If they are <= 0, this is probably an error. */
2942 x_clear_area (Display
*dpy
, Window window
, int x
, int y
, int width
, int height
, int exposures
)
2944 xassert (width
> 0 && height
> 0);
2945 XClearArea (dpy
, window
, x
, y
, width
, height
, exposures
);
2949 /* Clear an entire frame. */
2952 x_clear_frame (struct frame
*f
)
2954 /* Clearing the frame will erase any cursor, so mark them all as no
2956 mark_window_cursors_off (XWINDOW (FRAME_ROOT_WINDOW (f
)));
2957 output_cursor
.hpos
= output_cursor
.vpos
= 0;
2958 output_cursor
.x
= -1;
2960 /* We don't set the output cursor here because there will always
2961 follow an explicit cursor_to. */
2963 XClearWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
));
2965 /* We have to clear the scroll bars, too. If we have changed
2966 colors or something like that, then they should be notified. */
2967 x_scroll_bar_clear (f
);
2969 #if defined (USE_GTK) && defined (USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS)
2970 /* Make sure scroll bars are redrawn. As they aren't redrawn by
2971 redisplay, do it here. */
2972 if (FRAME_GTK_WIDGET (f
))
2973 gtk_widget_queue_draw (FRAME_GTK_WIDGET (f
));
2976 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
2983 /* Invert the middle quarter of the frame for .15 sec. */
2985 /* We use the select system call to do the waiting, so we have to make
2986 sure it's available. If it isn't, we just won't do visual bells. */
2988 #if defined (HAVE_TIMEVAL) && defined (HAVE_SELECT)
2991 /* Subtract the `struct timeval' values X and Y, storing the result in
2992 *RESULT. Return 1 if the difference is negative, otherwise 0. */
2995 timeval_subtract (struct timeval
*result
, struct timeval x
, struct timeval y
)
2997 /* Perform the carry for the later subtraction by updating y. This
2998 is safer because on some systems the tv_sec member is unsigned. */
2999 if (x
.tv_usec
< y
.tv_usec
)
3001 int nsec
= (y
.tv_usec
- x
.tv_usec
) / 1000000 + 1;
3002 y
.tv_usec
-= 1000000 * nsec
;
3006 if (x
.tv_usec
- y
.tv_usec
> 1000000)
3008 int nsec
= (y
.tv_usec
- x
.tv_usec
) / 1000000;
3009 y
.tv_usec
+= 1000000 * nsec
;
3013 /* Compute the time remaining to wait. tv_usec is certainly
3015 result
->tv_sec
= x
.tv_sec
- y
.tv_sec
;
3016 result
->tv_usec
= x
.tv_usec
- y
.tv_usec
;
3018 /* Return indication of whether the result should be considered
3020 return x
.tv_sec
< y
.tv_sec
;
3024 XTflash (struct frame
*f
)
3030 /* Use Gdk routines to draw. This way, we won't draw over scroll bars
3031 when the scroll bars and the edit widget share the same X window. */
3032 GdkWindow
*window
= gtk_widget_get_window (FRAME_GTK_WIDGET (f
));
3035 vals
.foreground
.pixel
= (FRAME_FOREGROUND_PIXEL (f
)
3036 ^ FRAME_BACKGROUND_PIXEL (f
));
3037 vals
.function
= GDK_XOR
;
3038 gc
= gdk_gc_new_with_values (window
,
3039 &vals
, GDK_GC_FUNCTION
| GDK_GC_FOREGROUND
);
3040 #define XFillRectangle(d, win, gc, x, y, w, h) \
3041 gdk_draw_rectangle (window, gc, TRUE, x, y, w, h)
3045 /* Create a GC that will use the GXxor function to flip foreground
3046 pixels into background pixels. */
3050 values
.function
= GXxor
;
3051 values
.foreground
= (FRAME_FOREGROUND_PIXEL (f
)
3052 ^ FRAME_BACKGROUND_PIXEL (f
));
3054 gc
= XCreateGC (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
3055 GCFunction
| GCForeground
, &values
);
3059 /* Get the height not including a menu bar widget. */
3060 int height
= FRAME_TEXT_LINES_TO_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
, FRAME_LINES (f
));
3061 /* Height of each line to flash. */
3062 int flash_height
= FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
);
3063 /* These will be the left and right margins of the rectangles. */
3064 int flash_left
= FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
);
3065 int flash_right
= FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
) - FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
);
3069 /* Don't flash the area between a scroll bar and the frame
3070 edge it is next to. */
3071 switch (FRAME_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TYPE (f
))
3073 case vertical_scroll_bar_left
:
3074 flash_left
+= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
;
3077 case vertical_scroll_bar_right
:
3078 flash_right
-= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
;
3085 width
= flash_right
- flash_left
;
3087 /* If window is tall, flash top and bottom line. */
3088 if (height
> 3 * FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
))
3090 XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), gc
,
3092 (FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
)
3093 + FRAME_TOP_MARGIN_HEIGHT (f
)),
3094 width
, flash_height
);
3095 XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), gc
,
3097 (height
- flash_height
3098 - FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
)),
3099 width
, flash_height
);
3103 /* If it is short, flash it all. */
3104 XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), gc
,
3105 flash_left
, FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
),
3106 width
, height
- 2 * FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
));
3111 struct timeval wakeup
;
3113 EMACS_GET_TIME (wakeup
);
3115 /* Compute time to wait until, propagating carry from usecs. */
3116 wakeup
.tv_usec
+= 150000;
3117 wakeup
.tv_sec
+= (wakeup
.tv_usec
/ 1000000);
3118 wakeup
.tv_usec
%= 1000000;
3120 /* Keep waiting until past the time wakeup or any input gets
3122 while (! detect_input_pending ())
3124 struct timeval current
;
3125 struct timeval timeout
;
3127 EMACS_GET_TIME (current
);
3129 /* Break if result would be negative. */
3130 if (timeval_subtract (¤t
, wakeup
, current
))
3133 /* How long `select' should wait. */
3135 timeout
.tv_usec
= 10000;
3137 /* Try to wait that long--but we might wake up sooner. */
3138 select (0, NULL
, NULL
, NULL
, &timeout
);
3142 /* If window is tall, flash top and bottom line. */
3143 if (height
> 3 * FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
))
3145 XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), gc
,
3147 (FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
)
3148 + FRAME_TOP_MARGIN_HEIGHT (f
)),
3149 width
, flash_height
);
3150 XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), gc
,
3152 (height
- flash_height
3153 - FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
)),
3154 width
, flash_height
);
3157 /* If it is short, flash it all. */
3158 XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), gc
,
3159 flash_left
, FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
),
3160 width
, height
- 2 * FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
));
3163 g_object_unref (G_OBJECT (gc
));
3164 #undef XFillRectangle
3166 XFreeGC (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), gc
);
3175 #endif /* defined (HAVE_TIMEVAL) && defined (HAVE_SELECT) */
3179 XTtoggle_invisible_pointer (FRAME_PTR f
, int invisible
)
3184 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->invisible_cursor
!= 0)
3185 XDefineCursor (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
3186 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->invisible_cursor
);
3189 XDefineCursor (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
3190 f
->output_data
.x
->current_cursor
);
3191 f
->pointer_invisible
= invisible
;
3196 /* Make audible bell. */
3199 XTring_bell (struct frame
*f
)
3201 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
))
3203 #if defined (HAVE_TIMEVAL) && defined (HAVE_SELECT)
3210 XBell (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), 0);
3211 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
3218 /* Specify how many text lines, from the top of the window,
3219 should be affected by insert-lines and delete-lines operations.
3220 This, and those operations, are used only within an update
3221 that is bounded by calls to x_update_begin and x_update_end. */
3224 XTset_terminal_window (struct frame
*f
, int n
)
3226 /* This function intentionally left blank. */
3231 /***********************************************************************
3233 ***********************************************************************/
3235 /* Perform an insert-lines or delete-lines operation, inserting N
3236 lines or deleting -N lines at vertical position VPOS. */
3239 x_ins_del_lines (struct frame
*f
, int vpos
, int n
)
3245 /* Scroll part of the display as described by RUN. */
3248 x_scroll_run (struct window
*w
, struct run
*run
)
3250 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
);
3251 int x
, y
, width
, height
, from_y
, to_y
, bottom_y
;
3253 /* Get frame-relative bounding box of the text display area of W,
3254 without mode lines. Include in this box the left and right
3256 window_box (w
, -1, &x
, &y
, &width
, &height
);
3258 from_y
= WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, run
->current_y
);
3259 to_y
= WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, run
->desired_y
);
3260 bottom_y
= y
+ height
;
3264 /* Scrolling up. Make sure we don't copy part of the mode
3265 line at the bottom. */
3266 if (from_y
+ run
->height
> bottom_y
)
3267 height
= bottom_y
- from_y
;
3269 height
= run
->height
;
3273 /* Scolling down. Make sure we don't copy over the mode line.
3275 if (to_y
+ run
->height
> bottom_y
)
3276 height
= bottom_y
- to_y
;
3278 height
= run
->height
;
3283 /* Cursor off. Will be switched on again in x_update_window_end. */
3287 XCopyArea (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
3288 FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
3289 f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
,
3299 /***********************************************************************
3301 ***********************************************************************/
3305 frame_highlight (struct frame
*f
)
3307 /* We used to only do this if Vx_no_window_manager was non-nil, but
3308 the ICCCM (section 4.1.6) says that the window's border pixmap
3309 and border pixel are window attributes which are "private to the
3310 client", so we can always change it to whatever we want. */
3312 XSetWindowBorder (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
3313 f
->output_data
.x
->border_pixel
);
3315 x_update_cursor (f
, 1);
3316 x_set_frame_alpha (f
);
3320 frame_unhighlight (struct frame
*f
)
3322 /* We used to only do this if Vx_no_window_manager was non-nil, but
3323 the ICCCM (section 4.1.6) says that the window's border pixmap
3324 and border pixel are window attributes which are "private to the
3325 client", so we can always change it to whatever we want. */
3327 XSetWindowBorderPixmap (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
3328 f
->output_data
.x
->border_tile
);
3330 x_update_cursor (f
, 1);
3331 x_set_frame_alpha (f
);
3334 /* The focus has changed. Update the frames as necessary to reflect
3335 the new situation. Note that we can't change the selected frame
3336 here, because the Lisp code we are interrupting might become confused.
3337 Each event gets marked with the frame in which it occurred, so the
3338 Lisp code can tell when the switch took place by examining the events. */
3341 x_new_focus_frame (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
, struct frame
*frame
)
3343 struct frame
*old_focus
= dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
;
3345 if (frame
!= dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
)
3347 /* Set this before calling other routines, so that they see
3348 the correct value of x_focus_frame. */
3349 dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
= frame
;
3351 if (old_focus
&& old_focus
->auto_lower
)
3352 x_lower_frame (old_focus
);
3354 if (dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
&& dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
->auto_raise
)
3355 pending_autoraise_frame
= dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
;
3357 pending_autoraise_frame
= 0;
3360 x_frame_rehighlight (dpyinfo
);
3363 /* Handle FocusIn and FocusOut state changes for FRAME.
3364 If FRAME has focus and there exists more than one frame, puts
3365 a FOCUS_IN_EVENT into *BUFP. */
3368 x_focus_changed (int type
, int state
, struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
, struct frame
*frame
, struct input_event
*bufp
)
3370 if (type
== FocusIn
)
3372 if (dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
!= frame
)
3374 x_new_focus_frame (dpyinfo
, frame
);
3375 dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
= frame
;
3377 /* Don't stop displaying the initial startup message
3378 for a switch-frame event we don't need. */
3379 if (NILP (Vterminal_frame
)
3380 && CONSP (Vframe_list
)
3381 && !NILP (XCDR (Vframe_list
)))
3383 bufp
->kind
= FOCUS_IN_EVENT
;
3384 XSETFRAME (bufp
->frame_or_window
, frame
);
3388 frame
->output_data
.x
->focus_state
|= state
;
3391 if (FRAME_XIC (frame
))
3392 XSetICFocus (FRAME_XIC (frame
));
3395 else if (type
== FocusOut
)
3397 frame
->output_data
.x
->focus_state
&= ~state
;
3399 if (dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
== frame
)
3401 dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
= 0;
3402 x_new_focus_frame (dpyinfo
, 0);
3406 if (FRAME_XIC (frame
))
3407 XUnsetICFocus (FRAME_XIC (frame
));
3409 if (frame
->pointer_invisible
)
3410 XTtoggle_invisible_pointer (frame
, 0);
3414 /* The focus may have changed. Figure out if it is a real focus change,
3415 by checking both FocusIn/Out and Enter/LeaveNotify events.
3417 Returns FOCUS_IN_EVENT event in *BUFP. */
3420 x_detect_focus_change (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
, XEvent
*event
, struct input_event
*bufp
)
3422 struct frame
*frame
;
3424 frame
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
->xany
.window
);
3428 switch (event
->type
)
3433 struct frame
*focus_frame
= dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
;
3435 = focus_frame
? focus_frame
->output_data
.x
->focus_state
: 0;
3437 if (event
->xcrossing
.detail
!= NotifyInferior
3438 && event
->xcrossing
.focus
3439 && ! (focus_state
& FOCUS_EXPLICIT
))
3440 x_focus_changed ((event
->type
== EnterNotify
? FocusIn
: FocusOut
),
3442 dpyinfo
, frame
, bufp
);
3448 x_focus_changed (event
->type
,
3449 (event
->xfocus
.detail
== NotifyPointer
?
3450 FOCUS_IMPLICIT
: FOCUS_EXPLICIT
),
3451 dpyinfo
, frame
, bufp
);
3455 if (event
->xclient
.message_type
== dpyinfo
->Xatom_XEMBED
)
3457 enum xembed_message msg
= event
->xclient
.data
.l
[1];
3458 x_focus_changed ((msg
== XEMBED_FOCUS_IN
? FocusIn
: FocusOut
),
3459 FOCUS_EXPLICIT
, dpyinfo
, frame
, bufp
);
3466 /* Handle an event saying the mouse has moved out of an Emacs frame. */
3469 x_mouse_leave (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
)
3471 x_new_focus_frame (dpyinfo
, dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
);
3474 /* The focus has changed, or we have redirected a frame's focus to
3475 another frame (this happens when a frame uses a surrogate
3476 mini-buffer frame). Shift the highlight as appropriate.
3478 The FRAME argument doesn't necessarily have anything to do with which
3479 frame is being highlighted or un-highlighted; we only use it to find
3480 the appropriate X display info. */
3483 XTframe_rehighlight (struct frame
*frame
)
3485 x_frame_rehighlight (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (frame
));
3489 x_frame_rehighlight (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
)
3491 struct frame
*old_highlight
= dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
;
3493 if (dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
)
3495 dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
3496 = ((FRAMEP (FRAME_FOCUS_FRAME (dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
)))
3497 ? XFRAME (FRAME_FOCUS_FRAME (dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
))
3498 : dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
);
3499 if (! FRAME_LIVE_P (dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
))
3501 FRAME_FOCUS_FRAME (dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
) = Qnil
;
3502 dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
= dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
;
3506 dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
= 0;
3508 if (dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
!= old_highlight
)
3511 frame_unhighlight (old_highlight
);
3512 if (dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
)
3513 frame_highlight (dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
);
3519 /* Keyboard processing - modifier keys, vendor-specific keysyms, etc. */
3521 /* Initialize mode_switch_bit and modifier_meaning. */
3523 x_find_modifier_meanings (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
)
3525 int min_code
, max_code
;
3528 XModifierKeymap
*mods
;
3530 dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
= 0;
3531 dpyinfo
->shift_lock_mask
= 0;
3532 dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
= 0;
3533 dpyinfo
->super_mod_mask
= 0;
3534 dpyinfo
->hyper_mod_mask
= 0;
3536 XDisplayKeycodes (dpyinfo
->display
, &min_code
, &max_code
);
3538 syms
= XGetKeyboardMapping (dpyinfo
->display
,
3539 min_code
, max_code
- min_code
+ 1,
3541 mods
= XGetModifierMapping (dpyinfo
->display
);
3543 /* Scan the modifier table to see which modifier bits the Meta and
3544 Alt keysyms are on. */
3546 int row
, col
; /* The row and column in the modifier table. */
3547 int found_alt_or_meta
;
3549 for (row
= 3; row
< 8; row
++)
3551 found_alt_or_meta
= 0;
3552 for (col
= 0; col
< mods
->max_keypermod
; col
++)
3554 KeyCode code
= mods
->modifiermap
[(row
* mods
->max_keypermod
) + col
];
3556 /* Zeroes are used for filler. Skip them. */
3560 /* Are any of this keycode's keysyms a meta key? */
3564 for (code_col
= 0; code_col
< syms_per_code
; code_col
++)
3566 int sym
= syms
[((code
- min_code
) * syms_per_code
) + code_col
];
3572 found_alt_or_meta
= 1;
3573 dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
|= (1 << row
);
3578 found_alt_or_meta
= 1;
3579 dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
|= (1 << row
);
3584 if (!found_alt_or_meta
)
3585 dpyinfo
->hyper_mod_mask
|= (1 << row
);
3586 code_col
= syms_per_code
;
3587 col
= mods
->max_keypermod
;
3592 if (!found_alt_or_meta
)
3593 dpyinfo
->super_mod_mask
|= (1 << row
);
3594 code_col
= syms_per_code
;
3595 col
= mods
->max_keypermod
;
3599 /* Ignore this if it's not on the lock modifier. */
3600 if (!found_alt_or_meta
&& ((1 << row
) == LockMask
))
3601 dpyinfo
->shift_lock_mask
= LockMask
;
3602 code_col
= syms_per_code
;
3603 col
= mods
->max_keypermod
;
3612 /* If we couldn't find any meta keys, accept any alt keys as meta keys. */
3613 if (! dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
)
3615 dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
= dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
;
3616 dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
= 0;
3619 /* If some keys are both alt and meta,
3620 make them just meta, not alt. */
3621 if (dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
& dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
)
3623 dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
&= ~dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
;
3626 XFree ((char *) syms
);
3627 XFreeModifiermap (mods
);
3630 /* Convert between the modifier bits X uses and the modifier bits
3634 x_x_to_emacs_modifiers (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
, unsigned int state
)
3636 EMACS_UINT mod_meta
= meta_modifier
;
3637 EMACS_UINT mod_alt
= alt_modifier
;
3638 EMACS_UINT mod_hyper
= hyper_modifier
;
3639 EMACS_UINT mod_super
= super_modifier
;
3642 tem
= Fget (Vx_alt_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
3643 if (! EQ (tem
, Qnil
)) mod_alt
= XUINT (tem
);
3644 tem
= Fget (Vx_meta_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
3645 if (! EQ (tem
, Qnil
)) mod_meta
= XUINT (tem
);
3646 tem
= Fget (Vx_hyper_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
3647 if (! EQ (tem
, Qnil
)) mod_hyper
= XUINT (tem
);
3648 tem
= Fget (Vx_super_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
3649 if (! EQ (tem
, Qnil
)) mod_super
= XUINT (tem
);
3652 return ( ((state
& (ShiftMask
| dpyinfo
->shift_lock_mask
)) ? shift_modifier
: 0)
3653 | ((state
& ControlMask
) ? ctrl_modifier
: 0)
3654 | ((state
& dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
) ? mod_meta
: 0)
3655 | ((state
& dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
) ? mod_alt
: 0)
3656 | ((state
& dpyinfo
->super_mod_mask
) ? mod_super
: 0)
3657 | ((state
& dpyinfo
->hyper_mod_mask
) ? mod_hyper
: 0));
3661 x_emacs_to_x_modifiers (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
, unsigned int state
)
3663 EMACS_UINT mod_meta
= meta_modifier
;
3664 EMACS_UINT mod_alt
= alt_modifier
;
3665 EMACS_UINT mod_hyper
= hyper_modifier
;
3666 EMACS_UINT mod_super
= super_modifier
;
3670 tem
= Fget (Vx_alt_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
3671 if (! EQ (tem
, Qnil
)) mod_alt
= XUINT (tem
);
3672 tem
= Fget (Vx_meta_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
3673 if (! EQ (tem
, Qnil
)) mod_meta
= XUINT (tem
);
3674 tem
= Fget (Vx_hyper_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
3675 if (! EQ (tem
, Qnil
)) mod_hyper
= XUINT (tem
);
3676 tem
= Fget (Vx_super_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
3677 if (! EQ (tem
, Qnil
)) mod_super
= XUINT (tem
);
3680 return ( ((state
& mod_alt
) ? dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
: 0)
3681 | ((state
& mod_super
) ? dpyinfo
->super_mod_mask
: 0)
3682 | ((state
& mod_hyper
) ? dpyinfo
->hyper_mod_mask
: 0)
3683 | ((state
& shift_modifier
) ? ShiftMask
: 0)
3684 | ((state
& ctrl_modifier
) ? ControlMask
: 0)
3685 | ((state
& mod_meta
) ? dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
: 0));
3688 /* Convert a keysym to its name. */
3691 x_get_keysym_name (int keysym
)
3696 value
= XKeysymToString (keysym
);
3704 /* Mouse clicks and mouse movement. Rah. */
3706 /* Prepare a mouse-event in *RESULT for placement in the input queue.
3708 If the event is a button press, then note that we have grabbed
3712 construct_mouse_click (struct input_event
*result
, XButtonEvent
*event
, struct frame
*f
)
3714 /* Make the event type NO_EVENT; we'll change that when we decide
3716 result
->kind
= MOUSE_CLICK_EVENT
;
3717 result
->code
= event
->button
- Button1
;
3718 result
->timestamp
= event
->time
;
3719 result
->modifiers
= (x_x_to_emacs_modifiers (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
),
3721 | (event
->type
== ButtonRelease
3725 XSETINT (result
->x
, event
->x
);
3726 XSETINT (result
->y
, event
->y
);
3727 XSETFRAME (result
->frame_or_window
, f
);
3733 /* Function to report a mouse movement to the mainstream Emacs code.
3734 The input handler calls this.
3736 We have received a mouse movement event, which is given in *event.
3737 If the mouse is over a different glyph than it was last time, tell
3738 the mainstream emacs code by setting mouse_moved. If not, ask for
3739 another motion event, so we can check again the next time it moves. */
3741 static XMotionEvent last_mouse_motion_event
;
3742 static Lisp_Object last_mouse_motion_frame
;
3745 note_mouse_movement (FRAME_PTR frame
, XMotionEvent
*event
)
3747 last_mouse_movement_time
= event
->time
;
3748 last_mouse_motion_event
= *event
;
3749 XSETFRAME (last_mouse_motion_frame
, frame
);
3751 if (!FRAME_X_OUTPUT (frame
))
3754 if (event
->window
!= FRAME_X_WINDOW (frame
))
3756 frame
->mouse_moved
= 1;
3757 last_mouse_scroll_bar
= Qnil
;
3758 note_mouse_highlight (frame
, -1, -1);
3759 last_mouse_glyph_frame
= 0;
3764 /* Has the mouse moved off the glyph it was on at the last sighting? */
3765 if (frame
!= last_mouse_glyph_frame
3766 || event
->x
< last_mouse_glyph
.x
3767 || event
->x
>= last_mouse_glyph
.x
+ last_mouse_glyph
.width
3768 || event
->y
< last_mouse_glyph
.y
3769 || event
->y
>= last_mouse_glyph
.y
+ last_mouse_glyph
.height
)
3771 frame
->mouse_moved
= 1;
3772 last_mouse_scroll_bar
= Qnil
;
3773 note_mouse_highlight (frame
, event
->x
, event
->y
);
3774 /* Remember which glyph we're now on. */
3775 remember_mouse_glyph (frame
, event
->x
, event
->y
, &last_mouse_glyph
);
3776 last_mouse_glyph_frame
= frame
;
3784 /************************************************************************
3786 ************************************************************************/
3789 redo_mouse_highlight (void)
3791 if (!NILP (last_mouse_motion_frame
)
3792 && FRAME_LIVE_P (XFRAME (last_mouse_motion_frame
)))
3793 note_mouse_highlight (XFRAME (last_mouse_motion_frame
),
3794 last_mouse_motion_event
.x
,
3795 last_mouse_motion_event
.y
);
3800 /* Return the current position of the mouse.
3801 *FP should be a frame which indicates which display to ask about.
3803 If the mouse movement started in a scroll bar, set *FP, *BAR_WINDOW,
3804 and *PART to the frame, window, and scroll bar part that the mouse
3805 is over. Set *X and *Y to the portion and whole of the mouse's
3806 position on the scroll bar.
3808 If the mouse movement started elsewhere, set *FP to the frame the
3809 mouse is on, *BAR_WINDOW to nil, and *X and *Y to the character cell
3812 Set *TIME to the server time-stamp for the time at which the mouse
3813 was at this position.
3815 Don't store anything if we don't have a valid set of values to report.
3817 This clears the mouse_moved flag, so we can wait for the next mouse
3821 XTmouse_position (FRAME_PTR
*fp
, int insist
, Lisp_Object
*bar_window
, enum scroll_bar_part
*part
, Lisp_Object
*x
, Lisp_Object
*y
, long unsigned int *time
)
3827 if (! NILP (last_mouse_scroll_bar
) && insist
== 0)
3828 x_scroll_bar_report_motion (fp
, bar_window
, part
, x
, y
, time
);
3834 Window dummy_window
;
3837 Lisp_Object frame
, tail
;
3839 /* Clear the mouse-moved flag for every frame on this display. */
3840 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail
, frame
)
3841 if (FRAME_X_P (XFRAME (frame
))
3842 && FRAME_X_DISPLAY (XFRAME (frame
)) == FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
))
3843 XFRAME (frame
)->mouse_moved
= 0;
3845 last_mouse_scroll_bar
= Qnil
;
3847 /* Figure out which root window we're on. */
3848 XQueryPointer (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
),
3849 DefaultRootWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
)),
3851 /* The root window which contains the pointer. */
3854 /* Trash which we can't trust if the pointer is on
3855 a different screen. */
3858 /* The position on that root window. */
3861 /* More trash we can't trust. */
3864 /* Modifier keys and pointer buttons, about which
3866 (unsigned int *) &dummy
);
3868 /* Now we have a position on the root; find the innermost window
3869 containing the pointer. */
3873 int parent_x
= 0, parent_y
= 0;
3877 /* XTranslateCoordinates can get errors if the window
3878 structure is changing at the same time this function
3879 is running. So at least we must not crash from them. */
3881 x_catch_errors (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
));
3883 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (*fp
)->grabbed
&& last_mouse_frame
3884 && FRAME_LIVE_P (last_mouse_frame
))
3886 /* If mouse was grabbed on a frame, give coords for that frame
3887 even if the mouse is now outside it. */
3888 XTranslateCoordinates (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
),
3890 /* From-window, to-window. */
3891 root
, FRAME_X_WINDOW (last_mouse_frame
),
3893 /* From-position, to-position. */
3894 root_x
, root_y
, &win_x
, &win_y
,
3898 f1
= last_mouse_frame
;
3904 XTranslateCoordinates (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
),
3906 /* From-window, to-window. */
3909 /* From-position, to-position. */
3910 root_x
, root_y
, &win_x
, &win_y
,
3915 if (child
== None
|| child
== win
)
3918 /* We don't wan't to know the innermost window. We
3919 want the edit window. For non-Gtk+ the innermost
3920 window is the edit window. For Gtk+ it might not
3921 be. It might be the tool bar for example. */
3922 if (x_window_to_frame (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (*fp
), win
))
3930 /* Now we know that:
3931 win is the innermost window containing the pointer
3932 (XTC says it has no child containing the pointer),
3933 win_x and win_y are the pointer's position in it
3934 (XTC did this the last time through), and
3935 parent_x and parent_y are the pointer's position in win's parent.
3936 (They are what win_x and win_y were when win was child.
3937 If win is the root window, it has no parent, and
3938 parent_{x,y} are invalid, but that's okay, because we'll
3939 never use them in that case.) */
3942 /* We don't wan't to know the innermost window. We
3943 want the edit window. */
3944 f1
= x_window_to_frame (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (*fp
), win
);
3946 /* Is win one of our frames? */
3947 f1
= x_any_window_to_frame (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (*fp
), win
);
3950 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
3951 /* If we end up with the menu bar window, say it's not
3954 && f1
->output_data
.x
->menubar_widget
3955 && win
== XtWindow (f1
->output_data
.x
->menubar_widget
))
3957 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
3960 if (x_had_errors_p (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
)))
3963 x_uncatch_errors ();
3965 /* If not, is it one of our scroll bars? */
3968 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
3970 bar
= x_window_to_scroll_bar (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
), win
);
3974 f1
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)));
3980 if (f1
== 0 && insist
> 0)
3981 f1
= SELECTED_FRAME ();
3985 /* Ok, we found a frame. Store all the values.
3986 last_mouse_glyph is a rectangle used to reduce the
3987 generation of mouse events. To not miss any motion
3988 events, we must divide the frame into rectangles of the
3989 size of the smallest character that could be displayed
3990 on it, i.e. into the same rectangles that matrices on
3991 the frame are divided into. */
3993 remember_mouse_glyph (f1
, win_x
, win_y
, &last_mouse_glyph
);
3994 last_mouse_glyph_frame
= f1
;
3999 XSETINT (*x
, win_x
);
4000 XSETINT (*y
, win_y
);
4001 *time
= last_mouse_movement_time
;
4011 /***********************************************************************
4013 ***********************************************************************/
4015 /* Scroll bar support. */
4017 /* Given an X window ID and a DISPLAY, find the struct scroll_bar which
4019 This can be called in GC, so we have to make sure to strip off mark
4022 static struct scroll_bar
*
4023 x_window_to_scroll_bar (Display
*display
, Window window_id
)
4027 #if defined (USE_GTK) && defined (USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS)
4028 window_id
= (Window
) xg_get_scroll_id_for_window (display
, window_id
);
4029 #endif /* USE_GTK && USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
4031 for (tail
= Vframe_list
; CONSP (tail
); tail
= XCDR (tail
))
4033 Lisp_Object frame
, bar
, condemned
;
4035 frame
= XCAR (tail
);
4036 /* All elements of Vframe_list should be frames. */
4037 if (! FRAMEP (frame
))
4040 if (! FRAME_X_P (XFRAME (frame
)))
4043 /* Scan this frame's scroll bar list for a scroll bar with the
4045 condemned
= FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (XFRAME (frame
));
4046 for (bar
= FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (XFRAME (frame
));
4047 /* This trick allows us to search both the ordinary and
4048 condemned scroll bar lists with one loop. */
4049 ! NILP (bar
) || (bar
= condemned
,
4052 bar
= XSCROLL_BAR (bar
)->next
)
4053 if (XSCROLL_BAR (bar
)->x_window
== window_id
&&
4054 FRAME_X_DISPLAY (XFRAME (frame
)) == display
)
4055 return XSCROLL_BAR (bar
);
4062 #if defined USE_LUCID
4064 /* Return the Lucid menu bar WINDOW is part of. Return null
4065 if WINDOW is not part of a menu bar. */
4068 x_window_to_menu_bar (Window window
)
4072 for (tail
= Vframe_list
; CONSP (tail
); tail
= XCDR (tail
))
4074 if (FRAME_X_P (XFRAME (XCAR (tail
))))
4076 Lisp_Object frame
= XCAR (tail
);
4077 Widget menu_bar
= XFRAME (frame
)->output_data
.x
->menubar_widget
;
4079 if (menu_bar
&& xlwmenu_window_p (menu_bar
, window
))
4087 #endif /* USE_LUCID */
4090 /************************************************************************
4092 ************************************************************************/
4094 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
4096 static void x_scroll_bar_to_input_event (XEvent
*, struct input_event
*);
4097 static void x_send_scroll_bar_event (Lisp_Object
, int, int, int);
4098 static void x_create_toolkit_scroll_bar (struct frame
*,
4099 struct scroll_bar
*);
4100 static void x_set_toolkit_scroll_bar_thumb (struct scroll_bar
*,
4104 /* Lisp window being scrolled. Set when starting to interact with
4105 a toolkit scroll bar, reset to nil when ending the interaction. */
4107 static Lisp_Object window_being_scrolled
;
4109 /* Last scroll bar part sent in xm_scroll_callback. */
4111 static int last_scroll_bar_part
;
4113 /* Whether this is an Xaw with arrow-scrollbars. This should imply
4114 that movements of 1/20 of the screen size are mapped to up/down. */
4117 /* Id of action hook installed for scroll bars. */
4119 static XtActionHookId action_hook_id
;
4121 static Boolean xaw3d_arrow_scroll
;
4123 /* Whether the drag scrolling maintains the mouse at the top of the
4124 thumb. If not, resizing the thumb needs to be done more carefully
4125 to avoid jerkyness. */
4127 static Boolean xaw3d_pick_top
;
4129 /* Action hook installed via XtAppAddActionHook when toolkit scroll
4130 bars are used.. The hook is responsible for detecting when
4131 the user ends an interaction with the scroll bar, and generates
4132 a `end-scroll' SCROLL_BAR_CLICK_EVENT' event if so. */
4135 xt_action_hook (Widget widget
, XtPointer client_data
, String action_name
,
4136 XEvent
*event
, String
*params
, Cardinal
*num_params
)
4139 const char *end_action
;
4142 scroll_bar_p
= XmIsScrollBar (widget
);
4143 end_action
= "Release";
4144 #else /* !USE_MOTIF i.e. use Xaw */
4145 scroll_bar_p
= XtIsSubclass (widget
, scrollbarWidgetClass
);
4146 end_action
= "EndScroll";
4147 #endif /* USE_MOTIF */
4150 && strcmp (action_name
, end_action
) == 0
4151 && WINDOWP (window_being_scrolled
))
4155 x_send_scroll_bar_event (window_being_scrolled
,
4156 scroll_bar_end_scroll
, 0, 0);
4157 w
= XWINDOW (window_being_scrolled
);
4159 if (!NILP (XSCROLL_BAR (w
->vertical_scroll_bar
)->dragging
))
4161 XSCROLL_BAR (w
->vertical_scroll_bar
)->dragging
= Qnil
;
4162 /* The thumb size is incorrect while dragging: fix it. */
4163 set_vertical_scroll_bar (w
);
4165 window_being_scrolled
= Qnil
;
4166 last_scroll_bar_part
= -1;
4168 /* Xt timeouts no longer needed. */
4169 toolkit_scroll_bar_interaction
= 0;
4172 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
4174 /* A vector of windows used for communication between
4175 x_send_scroll_bar_event and x_scroll_bar_to_input_event. */
4177 static struct window
**scroll_bar_windows
;
4178 static int scroll_bar_windows_size
;
4181 /* Send a client message with message type Xatom_Scrollbar for a
4182 scroll action to the frame of WINDOW. PART is a value identifying
4183 the part of the scroll bar that was clicked on. PORTION is the
4184 amount to scroll of a whole of WHOLE. */
4187 x_send_scroll_bar_event (Lisp_Object window
, int part
, int portion
, int whole
)
4190 XClientMessageEvent
*ev
= (XClientMessageEvent
*) &event
;
4191 struct window
*w
= XWINDOW (window
);
4192 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
);
4197 /* Construct a ClientMessage event to send to the frame. */
4198 ev
->type
= ClientMessage
;
4199 ev
->message_type
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->Xatom_Scrollbar
;
4200 ev
->display
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
4201 ev
->window
= FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
);
4204 /* We can only transfer 32 bits in the XClientMessageEvent, which is
4205 not enough to store a pointer or Lisp_Object on a 64 bit system.
4206 So, store the window in scroll_bar_windows and pass the index
4207 into that array in the event. */
4208 for (i
= 0; i
< scroll_bar_windows_size
; ++i
)
4209 if (scroll_bar_windows
[i
] == NULL
)
4212 if (i
== scroll_bar_windows_size
)
4214 int new_size
= max (10, 2 * scroll_bar_windows_size
);
4215 size_t nbytes
= new_size
* sizeof *scroll_bar_windows
;
4216 size_t old_nbytes
= scroll_bar_windows_size
* sizeof *scroll_bar_windows
;
4218 scroll_bar_windows
= (struct window
**) xrealloc (scroll_bar_windows
,
4220 memset (&scroll_bar_windows
[i
], 0, nbytes
- old_nbytes
);
4221 scroll_bar_windows_size
= new_size
;
4224 scroll_bar_windows
[i
] = w
;
4225 ev
->data
.l
[0] = (long) i
;
4226 ev
->data
.l
[1] = (long) part
;
4227 ev
->data
.l
[2] = (long) 0;
4228 ev
->data
.l
[3] = (long) portion
;
4229 ev
->data
.l
[4] = (long) whole
;
4231 /* Make Xt timeouts work while the scroll bar is active. */
4232 toolkit_scroll_bar_interaction
= 1;
4233 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
4234 x_activate_timeout_atimer ();
4237 /* Setting the event mask to zero means that the message will
4238 be sent to the client that created the window, and if that
4239 window no longer exists, no event will be sent. */
4240 XSendEvent (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), False
, 0, &event
);
4245 /* Transform a scroll bar ClientMessage EVENT to an Emacs input event
4249 x_scroll_bar_to_input_event (XEvent
*event
, struct input_event
*ievent
)
4251 XClientMessageEvent
*ev
= (XClientMessageEvent
*) event
;
4256 w
= scroll_bar_windows
[ev
->data
.l
[0]];
4257 scroll_bar_windows
[ev
->data
.l
[0]] = NULL
;
4259 XSETWINDOW (window
, w
);
4260 f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
);
4262 ievent
->kind
= SCROLL_BAR_CLICK_EVENT
;
4263 ievent
->frame_or_window
= window
;
4266 ievent
->timestamp
= CurrentTime
;
4268 ievent
->timestamp
= XtLastTimestampProcessed (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
4270 ievent
->part
= ev
->data
.l
[1];
4271 ievent
->code
= ev
->data
.l
[2];
4272 ievent
->x
= make_number ((int) ev
->data
.l
[3]);
4273 ievent
->y
= make_number ((int) ev
->data
.l
[4]);
4274 ievent
->modifiers
= 0;
4280 /* Minimum and maximum values used for Motif scroll bars. */
4282 #define XM_SB_MAX 10000000
4285 /* Scroll bar callback for Motif scroll bars. WIDGET is the scroll
4286 bar widget. CLIENT_DATA is a pointer to the scroll_bar structure.
4287 CALL_DATA is a pointer to a XmScrollBarCallbackStruct. */
4290 xm_scroll_callback (Widget widget
, XtPointer client_data
, XtPointer call_data
)
4292 struct scroll_bar
*bar
= (struct scroll_bar
*) client_data
;
4293 XmScrollBarCallbackStruct
*cs
= (XmScrollBarCallbackStruct
*) call_data
;
4294 int part
= -1, whole
= 0, portion
= 0;
4298 case XmCR_DECREMENT
:
4299 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4300 part
= scroll_bar_up_arrow
;
4303 case XmCR_INCREMENT
:
4304 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4305 part
= scroll_bar_down_arrow
;
4308 case XmCR_PAGE_DECREMENT
:
4309 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4310 part
= scroll_bar_above_handle
;
4313 case XmCR_PAGE_INCREMENT
:
4314 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4315 part
= scroll_bar_below_handle
;
4319 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4320 part
= scroll_bar_to_top
;
4323 case XmCR_TO_BOTTOM
:
4324 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4325 part
= scroll_bar_to_bottom
;
4332 /* Get the slider size. */
4334 XtVaGetValues (widget
, XmNsliderSize
, &slider_size
, NULL
);
4337 whole
= XM_SB_MAX
- slider_size
;
4338 portion
= min (cs
->value
, whole
);
4339 part
= scroll_bar_handle
;
4340 bar
->dragging
= make_number (cs
->value
);
4344 case XmCR_VALUE_CHANGED
:
4350 window_being_scrolled
= bar
->window
;
4351 last_scroll_bar_part
= part
;
4352 x_send_scroll_bar_event (bar
->window
, part
, portion
, whole
);
4356 #elif defined USE_GTK
4358 /* Scroll bar callback for GTK scroll bars. WIDGET is the scroll
4359 bar widget. DATA is a pointer to the scroll_bar structure. */
4362 xg_scroll_callback (GtkRange
*range
,
4363 GtkScrollType scroll
,
4367 struct scroll_bar
*bar
= (struct scroll_bar
*) user_data
;
4369 int part
= -1, whole
= 0, portion
= 0;
4370 GtkAdjustment
*adj
= GTK_ADJUSTMENT (gtk_range_get_adjustment (range
));
4371 FRAME_PTR f
= (FRAME_PTR
) g_object_get_data (G_OBJECT (range
), XG_FRAME_DATA
);
4373 if (xg_ignore_gtk_scrollbar
) return FALSE
;
4374 position
= gtk_adjustment_get_value (adj
);
4379 case GTK_SCROLL_JUMP
:
4380 /* Buttons 1 2 or 3 must be grabbed. */
4381 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->grabbed
!= 0
4382 && FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->grabbed
< (1 << 4))
4384 part
= scroll_bar_handle
;
4385 whole
= gtk_adjustment_get_upper (adj
) -
4386 gtk_adjustment_get_page_size (adj
);
4387 portion
= min ((int)position
, whole
);
4388 bar
->dragging
= make_number ((int)portion
);
4391 case GTK_SCROLL_STEP_BACKWARD
:
4392 part
= scroll_bar_up_arrow
;
4393 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4395 case GTK_SCROLL_STEP_FORWARD
:
4396 part
= scroll_bar_down_arrow
;
4397 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4399 case GTK_SCROLL_PAGE_BACKWARD
:
4400 part
= scroll_bar_above_handle
;
4401 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4403 case GTK_SCROLL_PAGE_FORWARD
:
4404 part
= scroll_bar_below_handle
;
4405 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4411 window_being_scrolled
= bar
->window
;
4412 last_scroll_bar_part
= part
;
4413 x_send_scroll_bar_event (bar
->window
, part
, portion
, whole
);
4419 /* Callback for button release. Sets dragging to Qnil when dragging is done. */
4422 xg_end_scroll_callback (GtkWidget
*widget
,
4423 GdkEventButton
*event
,
4426 struct scroll_bar
*bar
= (struct scroll_bar
*) user_data
;
4427 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4428 if (WINDOWP (window_being_scrolled
))
4430 x_send_scroll_bar_event (window_being_scrolled
,
4431 scroll_bar_end_scroll
, 0, 0);
4432 window_being_scrolled
= Qnil
;
4439 #else /* not USE_GTK and not USE_MOTIF */
4441 /* Xaw scroll bar callback. Invoked when the thumb is dragged.
4442 WIDGET is the scroll bar widget. CLIENT_DATA is a pointer to the
4443 scroll bar struct. CALL_DATA is a pointer to a float saying where
4447 xaw_jump_callback (Widget widget
, XtPointer client_data
, XtPointer call_data
)
4449 struct scroll_bar
*bar
= (struct scroll_bar
*) client_data
;
4450 float top
= *(float *) call_data
;
4452 int whole
, portion
, height
;
4455 /* Get the size of the thumb, a value between 0 and 1. */
4457 XtVaGetValues (widget
, XtNshown
, &shown
, XtNheight
, &height
, NULL
);
4461 portion
= shown
< 1 ? top
* whole
: 0;
4463 if (shown
< 1 && (eabs (top
+ shown
- 1) < 1.0/height
))
4464 /* Some derivatives of Xaw refuse to shrink the thumb when you reach
4465 the bottom, so we force the scrolling whenever we see that we're
4466 too close to the bottom (in x_set_toolkit_scroll_bar_thumb
4467 we try to ensure that we always stay two pixels away from the
4469 part
= scroll_bar_down_arrow
;
4471 part
= scroll_bar_handle
;
4473 window_being_scrolled
= bar
->window
;
4474 bar
->dragging
= make_number (portion
);
4475 last_scroll_bar_part
= part
;
4476 x_send_scroll_bar_event (bar
->window
, part
, portion
, whole
);
4480 /* Xaw scroll bar callback. Invoked for incremental scrolling.,
4481 i.e. line or page up or down. WIDGET is the Xaw scroll bar
4482 widget. CLIENT_DATA is a pointer to the scroll_bar structure for
4483 the scroll bar. CALL_DATA is an integer specifying the action that
4484 has taken place. Its magnitude is in the range 0..height of the
4485 scroll bar. Negative values mean scroll towards buffer start.
4486 Values < height of scroll bar mean line-wise movement. */
4489 xaw_scroll_callback (Widget widget
, XtPointer client_data
, XtPointer call_data
)
4491 struct scroll_bar
*bar
= (struct scroll_bar
*) client_data
;
4492 /* The position really is stored cast to a pointer. */
4493 int position
= (long) call_data
;
4497 /* Get the height of the scroll bar. */
4499 XtVaGetValues (widget
, XtNheight
, &height
, NULL
);
4502 if (eabs (position
) >= height
)
4503 part
= (position
< 0) ? scroll_bar_above_handle
: scroll_bar_below_handle
;
4505 /* If Xaw3d was compiled with ARROW_SCROLLBAR,
4506 it maps line-movement to call_data = max(5, height/20). */
4507 else if (xaw3d_arrow_scroll
&& eabs (position
) <= max (5, height
/ 20))
4508 part
= (position
< 0) ? scroll_bar_up_arrow
: scroll_bar_down_arrow
;
4510 part
= scroll_bar_move_ratio
;
4512 window_being_scrolled
= bar
->window
;
4513 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4514 last_scroll_bar_part
= part
;
4515 x_send_scroll_bar_event (bar
->window
, part
, position
, height
);
4518 #endif /* not USE_GTK and not USE_MOTIF */
4520 #define SCROLL_BAR_NAME "verticalScrollBar"
4522 /* Create the widget for scroll bar BAR on frame F. Record the widget
4523 and X window of the scroll bar in BAR. */
4527 x_create_toolkit_scroll_bar (struct frame
*f
, struct scroll_bar
*bar
)
4529 const char *scroll_bar_name
= SCROLL_BAR_NAME
;
4532 xg_create_scroll_bar (f
, bar
, G_CALLBACK (xg_scroll_callback
),
4533 G_CALLBACK (xg_end_scroll_callback
),
4538 #else /* not USE_GTK */
4541 x_create_toolkit_scroll_bar (struct frame
*f
, struct scroll_bar
*bar
)
4547 char *scroll_bar_name
= SCROLL_BAR_NAME
;
4548 unsigned long pixel
;
4553 /* Set resources. Create the widget. */
4554 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNmappedWhenManaged
, False
); ++ac
;
4555 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNminimum
, 0); ++ac
;
4556 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNmaximum
, XM_SB_MAX
); ++ac
;
4557 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNorientation
, XmVERTICAL
); ++ac
;
4558 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNprocessingDirection
, XmMAX_ON_BOTTOM
), ++ac
;
4559 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNincrement
, 1); ++ac
;
4560 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNpageIncrement
, 1); ++ac
;
4562 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
;
4565 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNforeground
, pixel
);
4569 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_background_pixel
;
4572 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNbackground
, pixel
);
4576 widget
= XmCreateScrollBar (f
->output_data
.x
->edit_widget
,
4577 scroll_bar_name
, av
, ac
);
4579 /* Add one callback for everything that can happen. */
4580 XtAddCallback (widget
, XmNdecrementCallback
, xm_scroll_callback
,
4582 XtAddCallback (widget
, XmNdragCallback
, xm_scroll_callback
,
4584 XtAddCallback (widget
, XmNincrementCallback
, xm_scroll_callback
,
4586 XtAddCallback (widget
, XmNpageDecrementCallback
, xm_scroll_callback
,
4588 XtAddCallback (widget
, XmNpageIncrementCallback
, xm_scroll_callback
,
4590 XtAddCallback (widget
, XmNtoBottomCallback
, xm_scroll_callback
,
4592 XtAddCallback (widget
, XmNtoTopCallback
, xm_scroll_callback
,
4595 /* Realize the widget. Only after that is the X window created. */
4596 XtRealizeWidget (widget
);
4598 /* Set the cursor to an arrow. I didn't find a resource to do that.
4599 And I'm wondering why it hasn't an arrow cursor by default. */
4600 XDefineCursor (XtDisplay (widget
), XtWindow (widget
),
4601 f
->output_data
.x
->nontext_cursor
);
4603 #else /* !USE_MOTIF i.e. use Xaw */
4605 /* Set resources. Create the widget. The background of the
4606 Xaw3d scroll bar widget is a little bit light for my taste.
4607 We don't alter it here to let users change it according
4608 to their taste with `emacs*verticalScrollBar.background: xxx'. */
4609 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNmappedWhenManaged
, False
); ++ac
;
4610 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNorientation
, XtorientVertical
); ++ac
;
4611 /* For smoother scrolling with Xaw3d -sm */
4612 /* XtSetArg (av[ac], XtNpickTop, True); ++ac; */
4614 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
;
4617 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNforeground
, pixel
);
4621 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_background_pixel
;
4624 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNbackground
, pixel
);
4628 /* Top/bottom shadow colors. */
4630 /* Allocate them, if necessary. */
4631 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_top_shadow_pixel
== -1)
4633 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_background_pixel
;
4636 if (!x_alloc_lighter_color (f
, FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
4637 FRAME_X_COLORMAP (f
),
4638 &pixel
, 1.2, 0x8000))
4640 f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_top_shadow_pixel
= pixel
;
4643 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_bottom_shadow_pixel
== -1)
4645 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_background_pixel
;
4648 if (!x_alloc_lighter_color (f
, FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
4649 FRAME_X_COLORMAP (f
),
4650 &pixel
, 0.6, 0x4000))
4652 f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_bottom_shadow_pixel
= pixel
;
4656 #ifdef XtNbeNiceToColormap
4657 /* Tell the toolkit about them. */
4658 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_top_shadow_pixel
== -1
4659 || f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_bottom_shadow_pixel
== -1)
4660 /* We tried to allocate a color for the top/bottom shadow, and
4661 failed, so tell Xaw3d to use dithering instead. */
4662 /* But only if we have a small colormap. Xaw3d can allocate nice
4665 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNbeNiceToColormap
,
4666 DefaultDepthOfScreen (FRAME_X_SCREEN (f
)) < 16);
4670 /* Tell what colors Xaw3d should use for the top/bottom shadow, to
4671 be more consistent with other emacs 3d colors, and since Xaw3d is
4672 not good at dealing with allocation failure. */
4674 /* This tells Xaw3d to use real colors instead of dithering for
4676 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNbeNiceToColormap
, False
);
4679 /* Specify the colors. */
4680 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_top_shadow_pixel
;
4683 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNtopShadowPixel
, pixel
);
4686 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_bottom_shadow_pixel
;
4689 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNbottomShadowPixel
, pixel
);
4695 widget
= XtCreateWidget (scroll_bar_name
, scrollbarWidgetClass
,
4696 f
->output_data
.x
->edit_widget
, av
, ac
);
4700 char *val
= initial
;
4701 XtVaGetValues (widget
, XtNscrollVCursor
, (XtPointer
) &val
,
4702 #ifdef XtNarrowScrollbars
4703 XtNarrowScrollbars
, (XtPointer
) &xaw3d_arrow_scroll
,
4705 XtNpickTop
, (XtPointer
) &xaw3d_pick_top
, NULL
);
4706 if (xaw3d_arrow_scroll
|| val
== initial
)
4707 { /* ARROW_SCROLL */
4708 xaw3d_arrow_scroll
= True
;
4709 /* Isn't that just a personal preference ? --Stef */
4710 XtVaSetValues (widget
, XtNcursorName
, "top_left_arrow", NULL
);
4714 /* Define callbacks. */
4715 XtAddCallback (widget
, XtNjumpProc
, xaw_jump_callback
, (XtPointer
) bar
);
4716 XtAddCallback (widget
, XtNscrollProc
, xaw_scroll_callback
,
4719 /* Realize the widget. Only after that is the X window created. */
4720 XtRealizeWidget (widget
);
4722 #endif /* !USE_MOTIF */
4724 /* Install an action hook that lets us detect when the user
4725 finishes interacting with a scroll bar. */
4726 if (action_hook_id
== 0)
4727 action_hook_id
= XtAppAddActionHook (Xt_app_con
, xt_action_hook
, 0);
4729 /* Remember X window and widget in the scroll bar vector. */
4730 SET_SCROLL_BAR_X_WIDGET (bar
, widget
);
4731 xwindow
= XtWindow (widget
);
4732 bar
->x_window
= xwindow
;
4736 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
4739 /* Set the thumb size and position of scroll bar BAR. We are currently
4740 displaying PORTION out of a whole WHOLE, and our position POSITION. */
4744 x_set_toolkit_scroll_bar_thumb (struct scroll_bar
*bar
, int portion
, int position
, int whole
)
4746 xg_set_toolkit_scroll_bar_thumb (bar
, portion
, position
, whole
);
4749 #else /* not USE_GTK */
4751 x_set_toolkit_scroll_bar_thumb (struct scroll_bar
*bar
, int portion
, int position
,
4754 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)));
4755 Widget widget
= SCROLL_BAR_X_WIDGET (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), bar
);
4762 /* We use an estimate of 30 chars per line rather than the real
4763 `portion' value. This has the disadvantage that the thumb size
4764 is not very representative, but it makes our life a lot easier.
4765 Otherwise, we have to constantly adjust the thumb size, which
4766 we can't always do quickly enough: while dragging, the size of
4767 the thumb might prevent the user from dragging the thumb all the
4768 way to the end. but Motif and some versions of Xaw3d don't allow
4769 updating the thumb size while dragging. Also, even if we can update
4770 its size, the update will often happen too late.
4771 If you don't believe it, check out revision 1.650 of xterm.c to see
4772 what hoops we were going through and the still poor behavior we got. */
4773 portion
= WINDOW_TOTAL_LINES (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)) * 30;
4774 /* When the thumb is at the bottom, position == whole.
4775 So we need to increase `whole' to make space for the thumb. */
4782 top
= (float) position
/ whole
;
4783 shown
= (float) portion
/ whole
;
4786 if (NILP (bar
->dragging
))
4790 /* Slider size. Must be in the range [1 .. MAX - MIN] where MAX
4791 is the scroll bar's maximum and MIN is the scroll bar's minimum
4793 size
= shown
* XM_SB_MAX
;
4794 size
= min (size
, XM_SB_MAX
);
4795 size
= max (size
, 1);
4797 /* Position. Must be in the range [MIN .. MAX - SLIDER_SIZE]. */
4798 value
= top
* XM_SB_MAX
;
4799 value
= min (value
, XM_SB_MAX
- size
);
4801 XmScrollBarSetValues (widget
, value
, size
, 0, 0, False
);
4803 #else /* !USE_MOTIF i.e. use Xaw */
4809 top
= (float) position
/ whole
;
4810 shown
= (float) portion
/ whole
;
4814 float old_top
, old_shown
;
4816 XtVaGetValues (widget
,
4817 XtNtopOfThumb
, &old_top
,
4818 XtNshown
, &old_shown
,
4822 /* Massage the top+shown values. */
4823 if (NILP (bar
->dragging
) || last_scroll_bar_part
== scroll_bar_down_arrow
)
4824 top
= max (0, min (1, top
));
4827 /* Keep two pixels available for moving the thumb down. */
4828 shown
= max (0, min (1 - top
- (2.0 / height
), shown
));
4830 /* If the call to XawScrollbarSetThumb below doesn't seem to work,
4831 check that your system's configuration file contains a define
4832 for `NARROWPROTO'. See s/freebsd.h for an example. */
4833 if (top
!= old_top
|| shown
!= old_shown
)
4835 if (NILP (bar
->dragging
))
4836 XawScrollbarSetThumb (widget
, top
, shown
);
4839 /* Try to make the scrolling a tad smoother. */
4840 if (!xaw3d_pick_top
)
4841 shown
= min (shown
, old_shown
);
4843 XawScrollbarSetThumb (widget
, top
, shown
);
4847 #endif /* !USE_MOTIF */
4851 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
4853 #endif /* USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
4857 /************************************************************************
4858 Scroll bars, general
4859 ************************************************************************/
4861 /* Create a scroll bar and return the scroll bar vector for it. W is
4862 the Emacs window on which to create the scroll bar. TOP, LEFT,
4863 WIDTH and HEIGHT are the pixel coordinates and dimensions of the
4866 static struct scroll_bar
*
4867 x_scroll_bar_create (struct window
*w
, int top
, int left
, int width
, int height
)
4869 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
);
4870 struct scroll_bar
*bar
4871 = ALLOCATE_PSEUDOVECTOR (struct scroll_bar
, x_window
, PVEC_OTHER
);
4875 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
4876 x_create_toolkit_scroll_bar (f
, bar
);
4877 #else /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
4879 XSetWindowAttributes a
;
4883 a
.background_pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_background_pixel
;
4884 if (a
.background_pixel
== -1)
4885 a
.background_pixel
= FRAME_BACKGROUND_PIXEL (f
);
4887 a
.event_mask
= (ButtonPressMask
| ButtonReleaseMask
4888 | ButtonMotionMask
| PointerMotionHintMask
4890 a
.cursor
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->vertical_scroll_bar_cursor
;
4892 mask
= (CWBackPixel
| CWEventMask
| CWCursor
);
4894 /* Clear the area of W that will serve as a scroll bar. This is
4895 for the case that a window has been split horizontally. In
4896 this case, no clear_frame is generated to reduce flickering. */
4897 if (width
> 0 && height
> 0)
4898 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
4900 window_box_height (w
), False
);
4902 window
= XCreateWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
4903 /* Position and size of scroll bar. */
4904 left
+ VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
,
4906 width
- VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
* 2,
4908 /* Border width, depth, class, and visual. */
4915 bar
->x_window
= window
;
4917 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
4919 XSETWINDOW (bar
->window
, w
);
4923 bar
->height
= height
;
4926 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4927 bar
->fringe_extended_p
= 0;
4929 /* Add bar to its frame's list of scroll bars. */
4930 bar
->next
= FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f
);
4932 XSETVECTOR (FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f
), bar
);
4933 if (!NILP (bar
->next
))
4934 XSETVECTOR (XSCROLL_BAR (bar
->next
)->prev
, bar
);
4936 /* Map the window/widget. */
4937 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
4940 xg_update_scrollbar_pos (f
,
4943 left
+ VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
,
4944 width
- VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
* 2,
4946 #else /* not USE_GTK */
4947 Widget scroll_bar
= SCROLL_BAR_X_WIDGET (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), bar
);
4948 XtConfigureWidget (scroll_bar
,
4949 left
+ VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
,
4951 width
- VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
* 2,
4952 max (height
, 1), 0);
4953 XtMapWidget (scroll_bar
);
4954 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
4956 #else /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
4957 XMapRaised (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), bar
->x_window
);
4958 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
4965 #ifndef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
4967 /* Draw BAR's handle in the proper position.
4969 If the handle is already drawn from START to END, don't bother
4970 redrawing it, unless REBUILD is non-zero; in that case, always
4971 redraw it. (REBUILD is handy for drawing the handle after expose
4974 Normally, we want to constrain the start and end of the handle to
4975 fit inside its rectangle, but if the user is dragging the scroll
4976 bar handle, we want to let them drag it down all the way, so that
4977 the bar's top is as far down as it goes; otherwise, there's no way
4978 to move to the very end of the buffer. */
4981 x_scroll_bar_set_handle (struct scroll_bar
*bar
, int start
, int end
, int rebuild
)
4983 int dragging
= ! NILP (bar
->dragging
);
4984 Window w
= bar
->x_window
;
4985 FRAME_PTR f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)));
4986 GC gc
= f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
;
4988 /* If the display is already accurate, do nothing. */
4990 && start
== bar
->start
4997 int inside_width
= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_INSIDE_WIDTH (f
, bar
->width
);
4998 int inside_height
= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_INSIDE_HEIGHT (f
, bar
->height
);
4999 int top_range
= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_RANGE (f
, bar
->height
);
5001 /* Make sure the values are reasonable, and try to preserve
5002 the distance between start and end. */
5004 int length
= end
- start
;
5008 else if (start
> top_range
)
5010 end
= start
+ length
;
5014 else if (end
> top_range
&& ! dragging
)
5018 /* Store the adjusted setting in the scroll bar. */
5022 /* Clip the end position, just for display. */
5023 if (end
> top_range
)
5026 /* Draw bottom positions VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_MIN_HANDLE pixels
5027 below top positions, to make sure the handle is always at least
5028 that many pixels tall. */
5029 end
+= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_MIN_HANDLE
;
5031 /* Draw the empty space above the handle. Note that we can't clear
5032 zero-height areas; that means "clear to end of window." */
5034 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), w
,
5035 /* x, y, width, height, and exposures. */
5036 VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_LEFT_BORDER
,
5037 VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_BORDER
,
5038 inside_width
, start
,
5041 /* Change to proper foreground color if one is specified. */
5042 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
!= -1)
5043 XSetForeground (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), gc
,
5044 f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
);
5046 /* Draw the handle itself. */
5047 XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), w
, gc
,
5048 /* x, y, width, height */
5049 VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_LEFT_BORDER
,
5050 VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_BORDER
+ start
,
5051 inside_width
, end
- start
);
5053 /* Restore the foreground color of the GC if we changed it above. */
5054 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
!= -1)
5055 XSetForeground (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), gc
,
5056 FRAME_FOREGROUND_PIXEL (f
));
5058 /* Draw the empty space below the handle. Note that we can't
5059 clear zero-height areas; that means "clear to end of window." */
5060 if (end
< inside_height
)
5061 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), w
,
5062 /* x, y, width, height, and exposures. */
5063 VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_LEFT_BORDER
,
5064 VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_BORDER
+ end
,
5065 inside_width
, inside_height
- end
,
5073 #endif /* !USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5075 /* Destroy scroll bar BAR, and set its Emacs window's scroll bar to
5079 x_scroll_bar_remove (struct scroll_bar
*bar
)
5081 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)));
5084 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5086 xg_remove_scroll_bar (f
, bar
->x_window
);
5087 #else /* not USE_GTK */
5088 XtDestroyWidget (SCROLL_BAR_X_WIDGET (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), bar
));
5089 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
5091 XDestroyWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), bar
->x_window
);
5094 /* Disassociate this scroll bar from its window. */
5095 XWINDOW (bar
->window
)->vertical_scroll_bar
= Qnil
;
5101 /* Set the handle of the vertical scroll bar for WINDOW to indicate
5102 that we are displaying PORTION characters out of a total of WHOLE
5103 characters, starting at POSITION. If WINDOW has no scroll bar,
5107 XTset_vertical_scroll_bar (struct window
*w
, int portion
, int whole
, int position
)
5109 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
);
5110 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
5111 int top
, height
, left
, sb_left
, width
, sb_width
;
5112 int window_y
, window_height
;
5113 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5114 int fringe_extended_p
;
5117 /* Get window dimensions. */
5118 window_box (w
, -1, 0, &window_y
, 0, &window_height
);
5120 width
= WINDOW_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_COLS (w
) * FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
);
5121 height
= window_height
;
5123 /* Compute the left edge of the scroll bar area. */
5124 left
= WINDOW_SCROLL_BAR_AREA_X (w
);
5126 /* Compute the width of the scroll bar which might be less than
5127 the width of the area reserved for the scroll bar. */
5128 if (WINDOW_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH (w
) > 0)
5129 sb_width
= WINDOW_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH (w
);
5133 /* Compute the left edge of the scroll bar. */
5134 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5135 if (WINDOW_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_ON_RIGHT (w
))
5136 sb_left
= left
+ (WINDOW_RIGHTMOST_P (w
) ? width
- sb_width
: 0);
5138 sb_left
= left
+ (WINDOW_LEFTMOST_P (w
) ? 0 : width
- sb_width
);
5140 if (WINDOW_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_ON_RIGHT (w
))
5141 sb_left
= left
+ width
- sb_width
;
5146 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5147 if (WINDOW_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_ON_LEFT (w
))
5148 fringe_extended_p
= (WINDOW_LEFTMOST_P (w
)
5149 && WINDOW_LEFT_FRINGE_WIDTH (w
)
5150 && (WINDOW_HAS_FRINGES_OUTSIDE_MARGINS (w
)
5151 || WINDOW_LEFT_MARGIN_COLS (w
) == 0));
5153 fringe_extended_p
= (WINDOW_RIGHTMOST_P (w
)
5154 && WINDOW_RIGHT_FRINGE_WIDTH (w
)
5155 && (WINDOW_HAS_FRINGES_OUTSIDE_MARGINS (w
)
5156 || WINDOW_RIGHT_MARGIN_COLS (w
) == 0));
5159 /* Does the scroll bar exist yet? */
5160 if (NILP (w
->vertical_scroll_bar
))
5162 if (width
> 0 && height
> 0)
5165 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5166 if (fringe_extended_p
)
5167 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
5168 sb_left
, top
, sb_width
, height
, False
);
5171 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
5172 left
, top
, width
, height
, False
);
5176 bar
= x_scroll_bar_create (w
, top
, sb_left
, sb_width
, height
);
5180 /* It may just need to be moved and resized. */
5181 unsigned int mask
= 0;
5183 bar
= XSCROLL_BAR (w
->vertical_scroll_bar
);
5187 if (sb_left
!= bar
->left
)
5189 if (top
!= bar
->top
)
5191 if (sb_width
!= bar
->width
)
5193 if (height
!= bar
->height
)
5196 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5198 /* Move/size the scroll bar widget. */
5199 if (mask
|| bar
->fringe_extended_p
!= fringe_extended_p
)
5201 /* Since toolkit scroll bars are smaller than the space reserved
5202 for them on the frame, we have to clear "under" them. */
5203 if (width
> 0 && height
> 0)
5205 if (fringe_extended_p
)
5206 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
5207 sb_left
, top
, sb_width
, height
, False
);
5209 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
5210 left
, top
, width
, height
, False
);
5213 xg_update_scrollbar_pos (f
,
5216 sb_left
+ VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
,
5217 sb_width
- VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
*2,
5219 #else /* not USE_GTK */
5220 XtConfigureWidget (SCROLL_BAR_X_WIDGET (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), bar
),
5221 sb_left
+ VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
,
5223 sb_width
- VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
* 2,
5224 max (height
, 1), 0);
5225 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
5227 #else /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5229 /* Clear areas not covered by the scroll bar because of
5230 VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM. */
5231 if (VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
)
5233 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
5234 left
, top
, VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
,
5236 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
5237 left
+ width
- VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
,
5238 top
, VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
,
5242 /* Clear areas not covered by the scroll bar because it's not as
5243 wide as the area reserved for it. This makes sure a
5244 previous mode line display is cleared after C-x 2 C-x 1, for
5247 int area_width
= WINDOW_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_COLS (w
) * FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
);
5248 int rest
= area_width
- sb_width
;
5249 if (rest
> 0 && height
> 0)
5251 if (WINDOW_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_ON_LEFT (w
))
5252 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
5253 left
+ area_width
- rest
, top
,
5254 rest
, height
, False
);
5256 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
5257 left
, top
, rest
, height
, False
);
5261 /* Move/size the scroll bar window. */
5266 wc
.x
= sb_left
+ VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
;
5268 wc
.width
= sb_width
- VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
* 2;
5270 XConfigureWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), bar
->x_window
,
5274 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5276 /* Remember new settings. */
5277 bar
->left
= sb_left
;
5279 bar
->width
= sb_width
;
5280 bar
->height
= height
;
5285 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5286 bar
->fringe_extended_p
= fringe_extended_p
;
5288 x_set_toolkit_scroll_bar_thumb (bar
, portion
, position
, whole
);
5289 #else /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5290 /* Set the scroll bar's current state, unless we're currently being
5292 if (NILP (bar
->dragging
))
5294 int top_range
= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_RANGE (f
, height
);
5297 x_scroll_bar_set_handle (bar
, 0, top_range
, 0);
5300 int start
= ((double) position
* top_range
) / whole
;
5301 int end
= ((double) (position
+ portion
) * top_range
) / whole
;
5302 x_scroll_bar_set_handle (bar
, start
, end
, 0);
5305 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5307 XSETVECTOR (w
->vertical_scroll_bar
, bar
);
5311 /* The following three hooks are used when we're doing a thorough
5312 redisplay of the frame. We don't explicitly know which scroll bars
5313 are going to be deleted, because keeping track of when windows go
5314 away is a real pain - "Can you say set-window-configuration, boys
5315 and girls?" Instead, we just assert at the beginning of redisplay
5316 that *all* scroll bars are to be removed, and then save a scroll bar
5317 from the fiery pit when we actually redisplay its window. */
5319 /* Arrange for all scroll bars on FRAME to be removed at the next call
5320 to `*judge_scroll_bars_hook'. A scroll bar may be spared if
5321 `*redeem_scroll_bar_hook' is applied to its window before the judgment. */
5324 XTcondemn_scroll_bars (FRAME_PTR frame
)
5326 /* Transfer all the scroll bars to FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS. */
5327 while (! NILP (FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (frame
)))
5330 bar
= FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (frame
);
5331 FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (frame
) = XSCROLL_BAR (bar
)->next
;
5332 XSCROLL_BAR (bar
)->next
= FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (frame
);
5333 XSCROLL_BAR (bar
)->prev
= Qnil
;
5334 if (! NILP (FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (frame
)))
5335 XSCROLL_BAR (FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (frame
))->prev
= bar
;
5336 FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (frame
) = bar
;
5341 /* Un-mark WINDOW's scroll bar for deletion in this judgment cycle.
5342 Note that WINDOW isn't necessarily condemned at all. */
5345 XTredeem_scroll_bar (struct window
*window
)
5347 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
5350 /* We can't redeem this window's scroll bar if it doesn't have one. */
5351 if (NILP (window
->vertical_scroll_bar
))
5354 bar
= XSCROLL_BAR (window
->vertical_scroll_bar
);
5356 /* Unlink it from the condemned list. */
5357 f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (window
));
5358 if (NILP (bar
->prev
))
5360 /* If the prev pointer is nil, it must be the first in one of
5362 if (EQ (FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f
), window
->vertical_scroll_bar
))
5363 /* It's not condemned. Everything's fine. */
5365 else if (EQ (FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (f
),
5366 window
->vertical_scroll_bar
))
5367 FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (f
) = bar
->next
;
5369 /* If its prev pointer is nil, it must be at the front of
5370 one or the other! */
5374 XSCROLL_BAR (bar
->prev
)->next
= bar
->next
;
5376 if (! NILP (bar
->next
))
5377 XSCROLL_BAR (bar
->next
)->prev
= bar
->prev
;
5379 bar
->next
= FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f
);
5381 XSETVECTOR (FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f
), bar
);
5382 if (! NILP (bar
->next
))
5383 XSETVECTOR (XSCROLL_BAR (bar
->next
)->prev
, bar
);
5386 /* Remove all scroll bars on FRAME that haven't been saved since the
5387 last call to `*condemn_scroll_bars_hook'. */
5390 XTjudge_scroll_bars (FRAME_PTR f
)
5392 Lisp_Object bar
, next
;
5394 bar
= FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (f
);
5396 /* Clear out the condemned list now so we won't try to process any
5397 more events on the hapless scroll bars. */
5398 FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (f
) = Qnil
;
5400 for (; ! NILP (bar
); bar
= next
)
5402 struct scroll_bar
*b
= XSCROLL_BAR (bar
);
5404 x_scroll_bar_remove (b
);
5407 b
->next
= b
->prev
= Qnil
;
5410 /* Now there should be no references to the condemned scroll bars,
5411 and they should get garbage-collected. */
5415 #ifndef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5416 /* Handle an Expose or GraphicsExpose event on a scroll bar. This
5417 is a no-op when using toolkit scroll bars.
5419 This may be called from a signal handler, so we have to ignore GC
5423 x_scroll_bar_expose (struct scroll_bar
*bar
, XEvent
*event
)
5425 Window w
= bar
->x_window
;
5426 FRAME_PTR f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)));
5427 GC gc
= f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
;
5428 int width_trim
= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
;
5432 x_scroll_bar_set_handle (bar
, bar
->start
, bar
->end
, 1);
5434 /* Switch to scroll bar foreground color. */
5435 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
!= -1)
5436 XSetForeground (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), gc
,
5437 f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
);
5439 /* Draw a one-pixel border just inside the edges of the scroll bar. */
5440 XDrawRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), w
, gc
,
5442 /* x, y, width, height */
5444 bar
->width
- 1 - width_trim
- width_trim
,
5447 /* Restore the foreground color of the GC if we changed it above. */
5448 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
!= -1)
5449 XSetForeground (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), gc
,
5450 FRAME_FOREGROUND_PIXEL (f
));
5455 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5457 /* Handle a mouse click on the scroll bar BAR. If *EMACS_EVENT's kind
5458 is set to something other than NO_EVENT, it is enqueued.
5460 This may be called from a signal handler, so we have to ignore GC
5465 x_scroll_bar_handle_click (struct scroll_bar
*bar
, XEvent
*event
, struct input_event
*emacs_event
)
5467 if (! WINDOWP (bar
->window
))
5470 emacs_event
->kind
= SCROLL_BAR_CLICK_EVENT
;
5471 emacs_event
->code
= event
->xbutton
.button
- Button1
;
5472 emacs_event
->modifiers
5473 = (x_x_to_emacs_modifiers (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO
5474 (XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)))),
5475 event
->xbutton
.state
)
5476 | (event
->type
== ButtonRelease
5479 emacs_event
->frame_or_window
= bar
->window
;
5480 emacs_event
->arg
= Qnil
;
5481 emacs_event
->timestamp
= event
->xbutton
.time
;
5484 = VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_RANGE (f
, bar
->height
);
5485 int y
= event
->xbutton
.y
- VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_BORDER
;
5488 if (y
> top_range
) y
= top_range
;
5491 emacs_event
->part
= scroll_bar_above_handle
;
5492 else if (y
< bar
->end
+ VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_MIN_HANDLE
)
5493 emacs_event
->part
= scroll_bar_handle
;
5495 emacs_event
->part
= scroll_bar_below_handle
;
5497 #ifndef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5498 /* If the user has released the handle, set it to its final position. */
5499 if (event
->type
== ButtonRelease
5500 && ! NILP (bar
->dragging
))
5502 int new_start
= y
- XINT (bar
->dragging
);
5503 int new_end
= new_start
+ bar
->end
- bar
->start
;
5505 x_scroll_bar_set_handle (bar
, new_start
, new_end
, 0);
5506 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
5510 XSETINT (emacs_event
->x
, y
);
5511 XSETINT (emacs_event
->y
, top_range
);
5515 #ifndef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5517 /* Handle some mouse motion while someone is dragging the scroll bar.
5519 This may be called from a signal handler, so we have to ignore GC
5523 x_scroll_bar_note_movement (struct scroll_bar
*bar
, XEvent
*event
)
5525 FRAME_PTR f
= XFRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)->frame
);
5527 last_mouse_movement_time
= event
->xmotion
.time
;
5530 XSETVECTOR (last_mouse_scroll_bar
, bar
);
5532 /* If we're dragging the bar, display it. */
5533 if (! NILP (bar
->dragging
))
5535 /* Where should the handle be now? */
5536 int new_start
= event
->xmotion
.y
- XINT (bar
->dragging
);
5538 if (new_start
!= bar
->start
)
5540 int new_end
= new_start
+ bar
->end
- bar
->start
;
5542 x_scroll_bar_set_handle (bar
, new_start
, new_end
, 0);
5547 #endif /* !USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5549 /* Return information to the user about the current position of the mouse
5550 on the scroll bar. */
5553 x_scroll_bar_report_motion (FRAME_PTR
*fp
, Lisp_Object
*bar_window
, enum scroll_bar_part
*part
, Lisp_Object
*x
, Lisp_Object
*y
, long unsigned int *time
)
5555 struct scroll_bar
*bar
= XSCROLL_BAR (last_mouse_scroll_bar
);
5556 Window w
= bar
->x_window
;
5557 FRAME_PTR f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)));
5559 Window dummy_window
;
5561 unsigned int dummy_mask
;
5565 /* Get the mouse's position relative to the scroll bar window, and
5567 if (! XQueryPointer (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), w
,
5569 /* Root, child, root x and root y. */
5570 &dummy_window
, &dummy_window
,
5571 &dummy_coord
, &dummy_coord
,
5573 /* Position relative to scroll bar. */
5576 /* Mouse buttons and modifier keys. */
5582 = VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_RANGE (f
, bar
->height
);
5584 win_y
-= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_BORDER
;
5586 if (! NILP (bar
->dragging
))
5587 win_y
-= XINT (bar
->dragging
);
5591 if (win_y
> top_range
)
5595 *bar_window
= bar
->window
;
5597 if (! NILP (bar
->dragging
))
5598 *part
= scroll_bar_handle
;
5599 else if (win_y
< bar
->start
)
5600 *part
= scroll_bar_above_handle
;
5601 else if (win_y
< bar
->end
+ VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_MIN_HANDLE
)
5602 *part
= scroll_bar_handle
;
5604 *part
= scroll_bar_below_handle
;
5606 XSETINT (*x
, win_y
);
5607 XSETINT (*y
, top_range
);
5610 last_mouse_scroll_bar
= Qnil
;
5613 *time
= last_mouse_movement_time
;
5619 /* The screen has been cleared so we may have changed foreground or
5620 background colors, and the scroll bars may need to be redrawn.
5621 Clear out the scroll bars, and ask for expose events, so we can
5625 x_scroll_bar_clear (FRAME_PTR f
)
5627 #ifndef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5630 /* We can have scroll bars even if this is 0,
5631 if we just turned off scroll bar mode.
5632 But in that case we should not clear them. */
5633 if (FRAME_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BARS (f
))
5634 for (bar
= FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f
); VECTORP (bar
);
5635 bar
= XSCROLL_BAR (bar
)->next
)
5636 XClearArea (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
5637 XSCROLL_BAR (bar
)->x_window
,
5639 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5643 /* The main X event-reading loop - XTread_socket. */
5645 /* This holds the state XLookupString needs to implement dead keys
5646 and other tricks known as "compose processing". _X Window System_
5647 says that a portable program can't use this, but Stephen Gildea assures
5648 me that letting the compiler initialize it to zeros will work okay.
5650 This must be defined outside of XTread_socket, for the same reasons
5651 given for enter_timestamp, above. */
5653 static XComposeStatus compose_status
;
5655 /* Record the last 100 characters stored
5656 to help debug the loss-of-chars-during-GC problem. */
5658 static int temp_index
;
5659 static short temp_buffer
[100];
5661 #define STORE_KEYSYM_FOR_DEBUG(keysym) \
5662 if (temp_index == sizeof temp_buffer / sizeof (short)) \
5664 temp_buffer[temp_index++] = (keysym)
5666 /* Set this to nonzero to fake an "X I/O error"
5667 on a particular display. */
5669 struct x_display_info
*XTread_socket_fake_io_error
;
5671 /* When we find no input here, we occasionally do a no-op command
5672 to verify that the X server is still running and we can still talk with it.
5673 We try all the open displays, one by one.
5674 This variable is used for cycling thru the displays. */
5676 static struct x_display_info
*next_noop_dpyinfo
;
5678 #define SET_SAVED_BUTTON_EVENT \
5681 if (f->output_data.x->saved_menu_event == 0) \
5682 f->output_data.x->saved_menu_event \
5683 = (XEvent *) xmalloc (sizeof (XEvent)); \
5684 *f->output_data.x->saved_menu_event = event; \
5685 inev.ie.kind = MENU_BAR_ACTIVATE_EVENT; \
5686 XSETFRAME (inev.ie.frame_or_window, f); \
5697 /* Filter events for the current X input method.
5698 DPYINFO is the display this event is for.
5699 EVENT is the X event to filter.
5701 Returns non-zero if the event was filtered, caller shall not process
5703 Returns zero if event is wasn't filtered. */
5707 x_filter_event (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
, XEvent
*event
)
5709 /* XFilterEvent returns non-zero if the input method has
5710 consumed the event. We pass the frame's X window to
5711 XFilterEvent because that's the one for which the IC
5714 struct frame
*f1
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
,
5715 event
->xclient
.window
);
5717 return XFilterEvent (event
, f1
? FRAME_X_WINDOW (f1
) : None
);
5722 static int current_count
;
5723 static int current_finish
;
5724 static struct input_event
*current_hold_quit
;
5726 /* This is the filter function invoked by the GTK event loop.
5727 It is invoked before the XEvent is translated to a GdkEvent,
5728 so we have a chance to act on the event before GTK. */
5729 static GdkFilterReturn
5730 event_handler_gdk (GdkXEvent
*gxev
, GdkEvent
*ev
, gpointer data
)
5732 XEvent
*xev
= (XEvent
*) gxev
;
5735 if (current_count
>= 0)
5737 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
5739 dpyinfo
= x_display_info_for_display (xev
->xany
.display
);
5742 /* Filter events for the current X input method.
5743 GTK calls XFilterEvent but not for key press and release,
5744 so we do it here. */
5745 if ((xev
->type
== KeyPress
|| xev
->type
== KeyRelease
)
5747 && x_filter_event (dpyinfo
, xev
))
5750 return GDK_FILTER_REMOVE
;
5755 current_finish
= X_EVENT_NORMAL
;
5758 handle_one_xevent (dpyinfo
, xev
, ¤t_finish
,
5762 current_finish
= x_dispatch_event (xev
, xev
->xany
.display
);
5766 if (current_finish
== X_EVENT_GOTO_OUT
|| current_finish
== X_EVENT_DROP
)
5767 return GDK_FILTER_REMOVE
;
5769 return GDK_FILTER_CONTINUE
;
5771 #endif /* USE_GTK */
5774 static void xembed_send_message (struct frame
*f
, Time time
,
5775 enum xembed_message message
,
5776 long detail
, long data1
, long data2
);
5778 /* Handles the XEvent EVENT on display DPYINFO.
5780 *FINISH is X_EVENT_GOTO_OUT if caller should stop reading events.
5781 *FINISH is zero if caller should continue reading events.
5782 *FINISH is X_EVENT_DROP if event should not be passed to the toolkit.
5784 We return the number of characters stored into the buffer. */
5787 handle_one_xevent (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
, XEvent
*eventp
, int *finish
, struct input_event
*hold_quit
)
5790 struct input_event ie
;
5791 struct selection_input_event sie
;
5796 struct frame
*f
= NULL
;
5797 struct coding_system coding
;
5798 XEvent event
= *eventp
;
5799 Mouse_HLInfo
*hlinfo
= &dpyinfo
->mouse_highlight
;
5801 *finish
= X_EVENT_NORMAL
;
5803 EVENT_INIT (inev
.ie
);
5804 inev
.ie
.kind
= NO_EVENT
;
5807 if (pending_event_wait
.eventtype
== event
.type
)
5808 pending_event_wait
.eventtype
= 0; /* Indicates we got it. */
5814 if (event
.xclient
.message_type
5815 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_protocols
5816 && event
.xclient
.format
== 32)
5818 if (event
.xclient
.data
.l
[0]
5819 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_take_focus
)
5821 /* Use x_any_window_to_frame because this
5822 could be the shell widget window
5823 if the frame has no title bar. */
5824 f
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xclient
.window
);
5826 /* Not quite sure this is needed -pd */
5827 if (f
&& FRAME_XIC (f
))
5828 XSetICFocus (FRAME_XIC (f
));
5830 #if 0 /* Emacs sets WM hints whose `input' field is `true'. This
5831 instructs the WM to set the input focus automatically for
5832 Emacs with a call to XSetInputFocus. Setting WM_TAKE_FOCUS
5833 tells the WM to send us a ClientMessage WM_TAKE_FOCUS after
5834 it has set the focus. So, XSetInputFocus below is not
5837 The call to XSetInputFocus below has also caused trouble. In
5838 cases where the XSetInputFocus done by the WM and the one
5839 below are temporally close (on a fast machine), the call
5840 below can generate additional FocusIn events which confuse
5843 /* Since we set WM_TAKE_FOCUS, we must call
5844 XSetInputFocus explicitly. But not if f is null,
5845 since that might be an event for a deleted frame. */
5848 Display
*d
= event
.xclient
.display
;
5849 /* Catch and ignore errors, in case window has been
5850 iconified by a window manager such as GWM. */
5852 XSetInputFocus (d
, event
.xclient
.window
,
5853 /* The ICCCM says this is
5854 the only valid choice. */
5856 event
.xclient
.data
.l
[1]);
5857 /* This is needed to detect the error
5858 if there is an error. */
5860 x_uncatch_errors ();
5862 /* Not certain about handling scroll bars here */
5867 if (event
.xclient
.data
.l
[0]
5868 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_save_yourself
)
5870 /* Save state modify the WM_COMMAND property to
5871 something which can reinstate us. This notifies
5872 the session manager, who's looking for such a
5873 PropertyNotify. Can restart processing when
5874 a keyboard or mouse event arrives. */
5875 /* If we have a session manager, don't set this.
5876 KDE will then start two Emacsen, one for the
5877 session manager and one for this. */
5879 if (! x_session_have_connection ())
5882 f
= x_top_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
,
5883 event
.xclient
.window
);
5884 /* This is just so we only give real data once
5885 for a single Emacs process. */
5886 if (f
== SELECTED_FRAME ())
5887 XSetCommand (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
5888 event
.xclient
.window
,
5889 initial_argv
, initial_argc
);
5891 XSetCommand (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
5892 event
.xclient
.window
,
5898 if (event
.xclient
.data
.l
[0]
5899 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_delete_window
)
5901 f
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
,
5902 event
.xclient
.window
);
5904 goto OTHER
; /* May be a dialog that is to be removed */
5906 inev
.ie
.kind
= DELETE_WINDOW_EVENT
;
5907 XSETFRAME (inev
.ie
.frame_or_window
, f
);
5914 if (event
.xclient
.message_type
5915 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_configure_denied
)
5920 if (event
.xclient
.message_type
5921 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_window_moved
)
5924 f
= x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xclient
.window
);
5926 new_x
= event
.xclient
.data
.s
[0];
5927 new_y
= event
.xclient
.data
.s
[1];
5931 f
->left_pos
= new_x
;
5938 if (event
.xclient
.message_type
5939 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_editres
)
5941 f
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xclient
.window
);
5943 _XEditResCheckMessages (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
, NULL
,
5947 #endif /* HACK_EDITRES */
5949 if ((event
.xclient
.message_type
5950 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_DONE
)
5951 || (event
.xclient
.message_type
5952 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_PAGE
))
5954 /* Ghostview job completed. Kill it. We could
5955 reply with "Next" if we received "Page", but we
5956 currently never do because we are interested in
5957 images, only, which should have 1 page. */
5958 Pixmap pixmap
= (Pixmap
) event
.xclient
.data
.l
[1];
5959 f
= x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xclient
.window
);
5962 x_kill_gs_process (pixmap
, f
);
5963 expose_frame (f
, 0, 0, 0, 0);
5967 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5968 /* Scroll bar callbacks send a ClientMessage from which
5969 we construct an input_event. */
5970 if (event
.xclient
.message_type
5971 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_Scrollbar
)
5973 x_scroll_bar_to_input_event (&event
, &inev
.ie
);
5974 *finish
= X_EVENT_GOTO_OUT
;
5977 #endif /* USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5979 /* XEmbed messages from the embedder (if any). */
5980 if (event
.xclient
.message_type
5981 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_XEMBED
)
5983 enum xembed_message msg
= event
.xclient
.data
.l
[1];
5984 if (msg
== XEMBED_FOCUS_IN
|| msg
== XEMBED_FOCUS_OUT
)
5985 x_detect_focus_change (dpyinfo
, &event
, &inev
.ie
);
5987 *finish
= X_EVENT_GOTO_OUT
;
5991 xft_settings_event (dpyinfo
, &event
);
5993 f
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xclient
.window
);
5996 if (x_handle_dnd_message (f
, &event
.xclient
, dpyinfo
, &inev
.ie
))
5997 *finish
= X_EVENT_DROP
;
6001 case SelectionNotify
:
6002 last_user_time
= event
.xselection
.time
;
6003 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
6004 if (! x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xselection
.requestor
))
6006 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
6007 x_handle_selection_notify (&event
.xselection
);
6010 case SelectionClear
: /* Someone has grabbed ownership. */
6011 last_user_time
= event
.xselectionclear
.time
;
6012 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
6013 if (! x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xselectionclear
.window
))
6015 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
6017 XSelectionClearEvent
*eventp
= (XSelectionClearEvent
*) &event
;
6019 inev
.ie
.kind
= SELECTION_CLEAR_EVENT
;
6020 SELECTION_EVENT_DISPLAY (&inev
.sie
) = eventp
->display
;
6021 SELECTION_EVENT_SELECTION (&inev
.sie
) = eventp
->selection
;
6022 SELECTION_EVENT_TIME (&inev
.sie
) = eventp
->time
;
6023 inev
.ie
.frame_or_window
= Qnil
;
6027 case SelectionRequest
: /* Someone wants our selection. */
6028 last_user_time
= event
.xselectionrequest
.time
;
6029 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
6030 if (!x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xselectionrequest
.owner
))
6032 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
6034 XSelectionRequestEvent
*eventp
6035 = (XSelectionRequestEvent
*) &event
;
6037 inev
.ie
.kind
= SELECTION_REQUEST_EVENT
;
6038 SELECTION_EVENT_DISPLAY (&inev
.sie
) = eventp
->display
;
6039 SELECTION_EVENT_REQUESTOR (&inev
.sie
) = eventp
->requestor
;
6040 SELECTION_EVENT_SELECTION (&inev
.sie
) = eventp
->selection
;
6041 SELECTION_EVENT_TARGET (&inev
.sie
) = eventp
->target
;
6042 SELECTION_EVENT_PROPERTY (&inev
.sie
) = eventp
->property
;
6043 SELECTION_EVENT_TIME (&inev
.sie
) = eventp
->time
;
6044 inev
.ie
.frame_or_window
= Qnil
;
6048 case PropertyNotify
:
6049 last_user_time
= event
.xproperty
.time
;
6050 f
= x_top_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xproperty
.window
);
6051 if (f
&& event
.xproperty
.atom
== dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state
)
6052 x_handle_net_wm_state (f
, &event
.xproperty
);
6054 x_handle_property_notify (&event
.xproperty
);
6055 xft_settings_event (dpyinfo
, &event
);
6058 case ReparentNotify
:
6059 f
= x_top_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xreparent
.window
);
6063 f
->output_data
.x
->parent_desc
= event
.xreparent
.parent
;
6064 x_real_positions (f
, &x
, &y
);
6068 /* Perhaps reparented due to a WM restart. Reset this. */
6069 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->wm_type
= X_WMTYPE_UNKNOWN
;
6070 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->net_supported_window
= 0;
6075 f
= x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xexpose
.window
);
6079 /* This seems to be needed for GTK 2.6. */
6080 x_clear_area (event
.xexpose
.display
,
6081 event
.xexpose
.window
,
6082 event
.xexpose
.x
, event
.xexpose
.y
,
6083 event
.xexpose
.width
, event
.xexpose
.height
,
6086 if (f
->async_visible
== 0)
6088 f
->async_visible
= 1;
6089 f
->async_iconified
= 0;
6090 f
->output_data
.x
->has_been_visible
= 1;
6091 SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (f
);
6095 event
.xexpose
.x
, event
.xexpose
.y
,
6096 event
.xexpose
.width
, event
.xexpose
.height
);
6100 #ifndef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
6101 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
6103 #if defined USE_LUCID
6104 /* Submenus of the Lucid menu bar aren't widgets
6105 themselves, so there's no way to dispatch events
6106 to them. Recognize this case separately. */
6109 = x_window_to_menu_bar (event
.xexpose
.window
);
6111 xlwmenu_redisplay (widget
);
6113 #endif /* USE_LUCID */
6115 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
6116 /* Dispatch event to the widget. */
6118 #else /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
6119 bar
= x_window_to_scroll_bar (event
.xexpose
.display
,
6120 event
.xexpose
.window
);
6123 x_scroll_bar_expose (bar
, &event
);
6124 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
6127 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
6128 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
6132 case GraphicsExpose
: /* This occurs when an XCopyArea's
6133 source area was obscured or not
6135 f
= x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xgraphicsexpose
.drawable
);
6139 event
.xgraphicsexpose
.x
, event
.xgraphicsexpose
.y
,
6140 event
.xgraphicsexpose
.width
,
6141 event
.xgraphicsexpose
.height
);
6143 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
6146 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
6149 case NoExpose
: /* This occurs when an XCopyArea's
6150 source area was completely
6155 /* Redo the mouse-highlight after the tooltip has gone. */
6156 if (event
.xmap
.window
== tip_window
)
6159 redo_mouse_highlight ();
6162 f
= x_top_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xunmap
.window
);
6163 if (f
) /* F may no longer exist if
6164 the frame was deleted. */
6166 /* While a frame is unmapped, display generation is
6167 disabled; you don't want to spend time updating a
6168 display that won't ever be seen. */
6169 f
->async_visible
= 0;
6170 /* We can't distinguish, from the event, whether the window
6171 has become iconified or invisible. So assume, if it
6172 was previously visible, than now it is iconified.
6173 But x_make_frame_invisible clears both
6174 the visible flag and the iconified flag;
6175 and that way, we know the window is not iconified now. */
6176 if (FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
) || FRAME_ICONIFIED_P (f
))
6178 f
->async_iconified
= 1;
6180 inev
.ie
.kind
= ICONIFY_EVENT
;
6181 XSETFRAME (inev
.ie
.frame_or_window
, f
);
6187 if (event
.xmap
.window
== tip_window
)
6188 /* The tooltip has been drawn already. Avoid
6189 the SET_FRAME_GARBAGED below. */
6192 /* We use x_top_window_to_frame because map events can
6193 come for sub-windows and they don't mean that the
6194 frame is visible. */
6195 f
= x_top_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xmap
.window
);
6198 /* wait_reading_process_output will notice this and update
6199 the frame's display structures.
6200 If we where iconified, we should not set garbaged,
6201 because that stops redrawing on Expose events. This looks
6202 bad if we are called from a recursive event loop
6203 (x_dispatch_event), for example when a dialog is up. */
6204 if (! f
->async_iconified
)
6205 SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (f
);
6207 /* Check if fullscreen was specified before we where mapped the
6208 first time, i.e. from the command line. */
6209 if (!f
->output_data
.x
->has_been_visible
)
6210 x_check_fullscreen (f
);
6212 f
->async_visible
= 1;
6213 f
->async_iconified
= 0;
6214 f
->output_data
.x
->has_been_visible
= 1;
6218 inev
.ie
.kind
= DEICONIFY_EVENT
;
6219 XSETFRAME (inev
.ie
.frame_or_window
, f
);
6221 else if (! NILP (Vframe_list
)
6222 && ! NILP (XCDR (Vframe_list
)))
6223 /* Force a redisplay sooner or later
6224 to update the frame titles
6225 in case this is the second frame. */
6226 record_asynch_buffer_change ();
6229 xg_frame_resized (f
, -1, -1);
6236 last_user_time
= event
.xkey
.time
;
6237 ignore_next_mouse_click_timeout
= 0;
6239 #if defined (USE_X_TOOLKIT) || defined (USE_GTK)
6240 /* Dispatch KeyPress events when in menu. */
6241 if (popup_activated ())
6245 f
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xkey
.window
);
6247 /* If mouse-highlight is an integer, input clears out
6248 mouse highlighting. */
6249 if (!hlinfo
->mouse_face_hidden
&& INTEGERP (Vmouse_highlight
)
6251 || !EQ (f
->tool_bar_window
, hlinfo
->mouse_face_window
)))
6253 clear_mouse_face (hlinfo
);
6254 hlinfo
->mouse_face_hidden
= 1;
6257 #if defined USE_MOTIF && defined USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
6260 /* Scroll bars consume key events, but we want
6261 the keys to go to the scroll bar's frame. */
6262 Widget widget
= XtWindowToWidget (dpyinfo
->display
,
6264 if (widget
&& XmIsScrollBar (widget
))
6266 widget
= XtParent (widget
);
6267 f
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, XtWindow (widget
));
6270 #endif /* USE_MOTIF and USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
6274 KeySym keysym
, orig_keysym
;
6275 /* al%imercury@uunet.uu.net says that making this 81
6276 instead of 80 fixed a bug whereby meta chars made
6279 It seems that some version of XmbLookupString has
6280 a bug of not returning XBufferOverflow in
6281 status_return even if the input is too long to
6282 fit in 81 bytes. So, we must prepare sufficient
6283 bytes for copy_buffer. 513 bytes (256 chars for
6284 two-byte character set) seems to be a fairly good
6285 approximation. -- 2000.8.10 handa@etl.go.jp */
6286 unsigned char copy_buffer
[513];
6287 unsigned char *copy_bufptr
= copy_buffer
;
6288 int copy_bufsiz
= sizeof (copy_buffer
);
6290 Lisp_Object coding_system
= Qlatin_1
;
6294 /* Don't pass keys to GTK. A Tab will shift focus to the
6295 tool bar in GTK 2.4. Keys will still go to menus and
6296 dialogs because in that case popup_activated is TRUE
6298 *finish
= X_EVENT_DROP
;
6302 |= x_emacs_to_x_modifiers (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
),
6303 extra_keyboard_modifiers
);
6304 modifiers
= event
.xkey
.state
;
6306 /* This will have to go some day... */
6308 /* make_lispy_event turns chars into control chars.
6309 Don't do it here because XLookupString is too eager. */
6310 event
.xkey
.state
&= ~ControlMask
;
6311 event
.xkey
.state
&= ~(dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
6312 | dpyinfo
->super_mod_mask
6313 | dpyinfo
->hyper_mod_mask
6314 | dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
);
6316 /* In case Meta is ComposeCharacter,
6317 clear its status. According to Markus Ehrnsperger
6318 Markus.Ehrnsperger@lehrstuhl-bross.physik.uni-muenchen.de
6319 this enables ComposeCharacter to work whether or
6320 not it is combined with Meta. */
6321 if (modifiers
& dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
)
6322 memset (&compose_status
, 0, sizeof (compose_status
));
6327 Status status_return
;
6329 coding_system
= Vlocale_coding_system
;
6330 nbytes
= XmbLookupString (FRAME_XIC (f
),
6331 &event
.xkey
, copy_bufptr
,
6332 copy_bufsiz
, &keysym
,
6334 if (status_return
== XBufferOverflow
)
6336 copy_bufsiz
= nbytes
+ 1;
6337 copy_bufptr
= (unsigned char *) alloca (copy_bufsiz
);
6338 nbytes
= XmbLookupString (FRAME_XIC (f
),
6339 &event
.xkey
, copy_bufptr
,
6340 copy_bufsiz
, &keysym
,
6343 /* Xutf8LookupString is a new but already deprecated interface. -stef */
6344 if (status_return
== XLookupNone
)
6346 else if (status_return
== XLookupChars
)
6351 else if (status_return
!= XLookupKeySym
6352 && status_return
!= XLookupBoth
)
6356 nbytes
= XLookupString (&event
.xkey
, copy_bufptr
,
6357 copy_bufsiz
, &keysym
,
6360 nbytes
= XLookupString (&event
.xkey
, copy_bufptr
,
6361 copy_bufsiz
, &keysym
,
6365 /* If not using XIM/XIC, and a compose sequence is in progress,
6366 we break here. Otherwise, chars_matched is always 0. */
6367 if (compose_status
.chars_matched
> 0 && nbytes
== 0)
6370 memset (&compose_status
, 0, sizeof (compose_status
));
6371 orig_keysym
= keysym
;
6373 /* Common for all keysym input events. */
6374 XSETFRAME (inev
.ie
.frame_or_window
, f
);
6376 = x_x_to_emacs_modifiers (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
), modifiers
);
6377 inev
.ie
.timestamp
= event
.xkey
.time
;
6379 /* First deal with keysyms which have defined
6380 translations to characters. */
6381 if (keysym
>= 32 && keysym
< 128)
6382 /* Avoid explicitly decoding each ASCII character. */
6384 inev
.ie
.kind
= ASCII_KEYSTROKE_EVENT
;
6385 inev
.ie
.code
= keysym
;
6389 /* Keysyms directly mapped to Unicode characters. */
6390 if (keysym
>= 0x01000000 && keysym
<= 0x0110FFFF)
6392 if (keysym
< 0x01000080)
6393 inev
.ie
.kind
= ASCII_KEYSTROKE_EVENT
;
6395 inev
.ie
.kind
= MULTIBYTE_CHAR_KEYSTROKE_EVENT
;
6396 inev
.ie
.code
= keysym
& 0xFFFFFF;
6400 /* Now non-ASCII. */
6401 if (HASH_TABLE_P (Vx_keysym_table
)
6402 && (NATNUMP (c
= Fgethash (make_number (keysym
),
6406 inev
.ie
.kind
= (SINGLE_BYTE_CHAR_P (XFASTINT (c
))
6407 ? ASCII_KEYSTROKE_EVENT
6408 : MULTIBYTE_CHAR_KEYSTROKE_EVENT
);
6409 inev
.ie
.code
= XFASTINT (c
);
6413 /* Random non-modifier sorts of keysyms. */
6414 if (((keysym
>= XK_BackSpace
&& keysym
<= XK_Escape
)
6415 || keysym
== XK_Delete
6416 #ifdef XK_ISO_Left_Tab
6417 || (keysym
>= XK_ISO_Left_Tab
6418 && keysym
<= XK_ISO_Enter
)
6420 || IsCursorKey (keysym
) /* 0xff50 <= x < 0xff60 */
6421 || IsMiscFunctionKey (keysym
) /* 0xff60 <= x < VARIES */
6423 /* This recognizes the "extended function
6424 keys". It seems there's no cleaner way.
6425 Test IsModifierKey to avoid handling
6426 mode_switch incorrectly. */
6427 || ((unsigned) (keysym
) >= XK_Select
6428 && (unsigned)(keysym
) < XK_KP_Space
)
6430 #ifdef XK_dead_circumflex
6431 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_circumflex
6433 #ifdef XK_dead_grave
6434 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_grave
6436 #ifdef XK_dead_tilde
6437 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_tilde
6439 #ifdef XK_dead_diaeresis
6440 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_diaeresis
6442 #ifdef XK_dead_macron
6443 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_macron
6445 #ifdef XK_dead_degree
6446 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_degree
6448 #ifdef XK_dead_acute
6449 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_acute
6451 #ifdef XK_dead_cedilla
6452 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_cedilla
6454 #ifdef XK_dead_breve
6455 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_breve
6457 #ifdef XK_dead_ogonek
6458 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_ogonek
6460 #ifdef XK_dead_caron
6461 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_caron
6463 #ifdef XK_dead_doubleacute
6464 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_doubleacute
6466 #ifdef XK_dead_abovedot
6467 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_abovedot
6469 || IsKeypadKey (keysym
) /* 0xff80 <= x < 0xffbe */
6470 || IsFunctionKey (keysym
) /* 0xffbe <= x < 0xffe1 */
6471 /* Any "vendor-specific" key is ok. */
6472 || (orig_keysym
& (1 << 28))
6473 || (keysym
!= NoSymbol
&& nbytes
== 0))
6474 && ! (IsModifierKey (orig_keysym
)
6475 /* The symbols from XK_ISO_Lock
6476 to XK_ISO_Last_Group_Lock
6477 don't have real modifiers but
6478 should be treated similarly to
6479 Mode_switch by Emacs. */
6480 #if defined XK_ISO_Lock && defined XK_ISO_Last_Group_Lock
6481 || ((unsigned)(orig_keysym
)
6483 && (unsigned)(orig_keysym
)
6484 <= XK_ISO_Last_Group_Lock
)
6488 STORE_KEYSYM_FOR_DEBUG (keysym
);
6489 /* make_lispy_event will convert this to a symbolic
6491 inev
.ie
.kind
= NON_ASCII_KEYSTROKE_EVENT
;
6492 inev
.ie
.code
= keysym
;
6496 { /* Raw bytes, not keysym. */
6501 for (i
= 0, nchars
= 0; i
< nbytes
; i
++)
6503 if (ASCII_BYTE_P (copy_bufptr
[i
]))
6505 STORE_KEYSYM_FOR_DEBUG (copy_bufptr
[i
]);
6508 if (nchars
< nbytes
)
6510 /* Decode the input data. */
6513 /* The input should be decoded with `coding_system'
6514 which depends on which X*LookupString function
6515 we used just above and the locale. */
6516 setup_coding_system (coding_system
, &coding
);
6517 coding
.src_multibyte
= 0;
6518 coding
.dst_multibyte
= 1;
6519 /* The input is converted to events, thus we can't
6520 handle composition. Anyway, there's no XIM that
6521 gives us composition information. */
6522 coding
.common_flags
&= ~CODING_ANNOTATION_MASK
;
6524 require
= MAX_MULTIBYTE_LENGTH
* nbytes
;
6525 coding
.destination
= alloca (require
);
6526 coding
.dst_bytes
= require
;
6527 coding
.mode
|= CODING_MODE_LAST_BLOCK
;
6528 decode_coding_c_string (&coding
, copy_bufptr
, nbytes
, Qnil
);
6529 nbytes
= coding
.produced
;
6530 nchars
= coding
.produced_char
;
6531 copy_bufptr
= coding
.destination
;
6534 /* Convert the input data to a sequence of
6535 character events. */
6536 for (i
= 0; i
< nbytes
; i
+= len
)
6538 if (nchars
== nbytes
)
6539 c
= copy_bufptr
[i
], len
= 1;
6541 c
= STRING_CHAR_AND_LENGTH (copy_bufptr
+ i
, len
);
6542 inev
.ie
.kind
= (SINGLE_BYTE_CHAR_P (c
)
6543 ? ASCII_KEYSTROKE_EVENT
6544 : MULTIBYTE_CHAR_KEYSTROKE_EVENT
);
6546 kbd_buffer_store_event_hold (&inev
.ie
, hold_quit
);
6551 inev
.ie
.kind
= NO_EVENT
; /* Already stored above. */
6553 if (keysym
== NoSymbol
)
6559 /* Don't dispatch this event since XtDispatchEvent calls
6560 XFilterEvent, and two calls in a row may freeze the
6568 last_user_time
= event
.xkey
.time
;
6570 /* Don't dispatch this event since XtDispatchEvent calls
6571 XFilterEvent, and two calls in a row may freeze the
6579 last_user_time
= event
.xcrossing
.time
;
6580 x_detect_focus_change (dpyinfo
, &event
, &inev
.ie
);
6582 f
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xcrossing
.window
);
6584 if (f
&& x_mouse_click_focus_ignore_position
)
6585 ignore_next_mouse_click_timeout
= event
.xmotion
.time
+ 200;
6587 /* EnterNotify counts as mouse movement,
6588 so update things that depend on mouse position. */
6589 if (f
&& !f
->output_data
.x
->hourglass_p
)
6590 note_mouse_movement (f
, &event
.xmotion
);
6592 /* We may get an EnterNotify on the buttons in the toolbar. In that
6593 case we moved out of any highlighted area and need to note this. */
6594 if (!f
&& last_mouse_glyph_frame
)
6595 note_mouse_movement (last_mouse_glyph_frame
, &event
.xmotion
);
6600 x_detect_focus_change (dpyinfo
, &event
, &inev
.ie
);
6604 last_user_time
= event
.xcrossing
.time
;
6605 x_detect_focus_change (dpyinfo
, &event
, &inev
.ie
);
6607 f
= x_top_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xcrossing
.window
);
6610 if (f
== hlinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
)
6612 /* If we move outside the frame, then we're
6613 certainly no longer on any text in the frame. */
6614 clear_mouse_face (hlinfo
);
6615 hlinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
= 0;
6618 /* Generate a nil HELP_EVENT to cancel a help-echo.
6619 Do it only if there's something to cancel.
6620 Otherwise, the startup message is cleared when
6621 the mouse leaves the frame. */
6622 if (any_help_event_p
)
6626 /* See comment in EnterNotify above */
6627 else if (last_mouse_glyph_frame
)
6628 note_mouse_movement (last_mouse_glyph_frame
, &event
.xmotion
);
6633 x_detect_focus_change (dpyinfo
, &event
, &inev
.ie
);
6638 last_user_time
= event
.xmotion
.time
;
6639 previous_help_echo_string
= help_echo_string
;
6640 help_echo_string
= Qnil
;
6642 if (dpyinfo
->grabbed
&& last_mouse_frame
6643 && FRAME_LIVE_P (last_mouse_frame
))
6644 f
= last_mouse_frame
;
6646 f
= x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xmotion
.window
);
6648 if (hlinfo
->mouse_face_hidden
)
6650 hlinfo
->mouse_face_hidden
= 0;
6651 clear_mouse_face (hlinfo
);
6655 if (f
&& xg_event_is_for_scrollbar (f
, &event
))
6661 /* Generate SELECT_WINDOW_EVENTs when needed.
6662 Don't let popup menus influence things (bug#1261). */
6663 if (!NILP (Vmouse_autoselect_window
) && !popup_activated ())
6667 window
= window_from_coordinates (f
,
6668 event
.xmotion
.x
, event
.xmotion
.y
,
6671 /* Window will be selected only when it is not selected now and
6672 last mouse movement event was not in it. Minibuffer window
6673 will be selected only when it is active. */
6674 if (WINDOWP (window
)
6675 && !EQ (window
, last_window
)
6676 && !EQ (window
, selected_window
)
6677 /* For click-to-focus window managers
6678 create event iff we don't leave the
6680 && (focus_follows_mouse
6681 || (EQ (XWINDOW (window
)->frame
,
6682 XWINDOW (selected_window
)->frame
))))
6684 inev
.ie
.kind
= SELECT_WINDOW_EVENT
;
6685 inev
.ie
.frame_or_window
= window
;
6690 if (!note_mouse_movement (f
, &event
.xmotion
))
6691 help_echo_string
= previous_help_echo_string
;
6695 #ifndef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
6696 struct scroll_bar
*bar
6697 = x_window_to_scroll_bar (event
.xmotion
.display
,
6698 event
.xmotion
.window
);
6701 x_scroll_bar_note_movement (bar
, &event
);
6702 #endif /* USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
6704 /* If we move outside the frame, then we're
6705 certainly no longer on any text in the frame. */
6706 clear_mouse_face (hlinfo
);
6709 /* If the contents of the global variable help_echo_string
6710 has changed, generate a HELP_EVENT. */
6711 if (!NILP (help_echo_string
)
6712 || !NILP (previous_help_echo_string
))
6717 case ConfigureNotify
:
6718 f
= x_top_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xconfigure
.window
);
6721 && (f
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xconfigure
.window
))
6722 && event
.xconfigure
.window
== FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
))
6724 xg_frame_resized (f
, event
.xconfigure
.width
,
6725 event
.xconfigure
.height
);
6731 #ifndef USE_X_TOOLKIT
6733 int rows
= FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT_TO_TEXT_LINES (f
, event
.xconfigure
.height
);
6734 int columns
= FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH_TO_TEXT_COLS (f
, event
.xconfigure
.width
);
6736 /* In the toolkit version, change_frame_size
6737 is called by the code that handles resizing
6738 of the EmacsFrame widget. */
6740 /* Even if the number of character rows and columns has
6741 not changed, the font size may have changed, so we need
6742 to check the pixel dimensions as well. */
6743 if (columns
!= FRAME_COLS (f
)
6744 || rows
!= FRAME_LINES (f
)
6745 || event
.xconfigure
.width
!= FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
)
6746 || event
.xconfigure
.height
!= FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
))
6748 change_frame_size (f
, rows
, columns
, 0, 1, 0);
6749 SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (f
);
6750 cancel_mouse_face (f
);
6753 FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
) = event
.xconfigure
.width
;
6754 FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
) = event
.xconfigure
.height
;
6755 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
6759 /* GTK creates windows but doesn't map them.
6760 Only get real positions when mapped. */
6761 if (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
)
6762 && gtk_widget_get_mapped (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
)))
6765 x_real_positions (f
, &f
->left_pos
, &f
->top_pos
);
6769 if (FRAME_XIC (f
) && (FRAME_XIC_STYLE (f
) & XIMStatusArea
))
6770 xic_set_statusarea (f
);
6779 /* If we decide we want to generate an event to be seen
6780 by the rest of Emacs, we put it here. */
6783 memset (&compose_status
, 0, sizeof (compose_status
));
6784 last_mouse_glyph_frame
= 0;
6785 last_user_time
= event
.xbutton
.time
;
6787 if (dpyinfo
->grabbed
6789 && FRAME_LIVE_P (last_mouse_frame
))
6790 f
= last_mouse_frame
;
6792 f
= x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xbutton
.window
);
6795 if (f
&& xg_event_is_for_scrollbar (f
, &event
))
6800 /* Is this in the tool-bar? */
6801 if (WINDOWP (f
->tool_bar_window
)
6802 && WINDOW_TOTAL_LINES (XWINDOW (f
->tool_bar_window
)))
6805 int x
= event
.xbutton
.x
;
6806 int y
= event
.xbutton
.y
;
6808 window
= window_from_coordinates (f
, x
, y
, 0, 1);
6809 tool_bar_p
= EQ (window
, f
->tool_bar_window
);
6811 if (tool_bar_p
&& event
.xbutton
.button
< 4)
6813 handle_tool_bar_click (f
, x
, y
,
6814 event
.xbutton
.type
== ButtonPress
,
6815 x_x_to_emacs_modifiers (dpyinfo
,
6816 event
.xbutton
.state
));
6821 #if defined (USE_X_TOOLKIT) || defined (USE_GTK)
6822 if (! popup_activated ())
6825 if (ignore_next_mouse_click_timeout
)
6827 if (event
.type
== ButtonPress
6828 && (int)(event
.xbutton
.time
- ignore_next_mouse_click_timeout
) > 0)
6830 ignore_next_mouse_click_timeout
= 0;
6831 construct_mouse_click (&inev
.ie
, &event
.xbutton
, f
);
6833 if (event
.type
== ButtonRelease
)
6834 ignore_next_mouse_click_timeout
= 0;
6837 construct_mouse_click (&inev
.ie
, &event
.xbutton
, f
);
6839 if (FRAME_X_EMBEDDED_P (f
))
6840 xembed_send_message (f
, event
.xbutton
.time
,
6841 XEMBED_REQUEST_FOCUS
, 0, 0, 0);
6845 struct scroll_bar
*bar
6846 = x_window_to_scroll_bar (event
.xbutton
.display
,
6847 event
.xbutton
.window
);
6849 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
6850 /* Make the "Ctrl-Mouse-2 splits window" work for toolkit
6852 if (bar
&& event
.xbutton
.state
& ControlMask
)
6854 x_scroll_bar_handle_click (bar
, &event
, &inev
.ie
);
6855 *finish
= X_EVENT_DROP
;
6857 #else /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
6859 x_scroll_bar_handle_click (bar
, &event
, &inev
.ie
);
6860 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
6863 if (event
.type
== ButtonPress
)
6865 dpyinfo
->grabbed
|= (1 << event
.xbutton
.button
);
6866 last_mouse_frame
= f
;
6869 last_tool_bar_item
= -1;
6872 dpyinfo
->grabbed
&= ~(1 << event
.xbutton
.button
);
6874 /* Ignore any mouse motion that happened before this event;
6875 any subsequent mouse-movement Emacs events should reflect
6876 only motion after the ButtonPress/Release. */
6880 #if defined (USE_X_TOOLKIT) || defined (USE_GTK)
6881 f
= x_menubar_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, &event
);
6882 /* For a down-event in the menu bar,
6883 don't pass it to Xt right now.
6884 Instead, save it away
6885 and we will pass it to Xt from kbd_buffer_get_event.
6886 That way, we can run some Lisp code first. */
6887 if (! popup_activated ()
6889 /* Gtk+ menus only react to the first three buttons. */
6890 && event
.xbutton
.button
< 3
6892 && f
&& event
.type
== ButtonPress
6893 /* Verify the event is really within the menu bar
6894 and not just sent to it due to grabbing. */
6895 && event
.xbutton
.x
>= 0
6896 && event
.xbutton
.x
< FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
)
6897 && event
.xbutton
.y
>= 0
6898 && event
.xbutton
.y
< f
->output_data
.x
->menubar_height
6899 && event
.xbutton
.same_screen
)
6901 SET_SAVED_BUTTON_EVENT
;
6902 XSETFRAME (last_mouse_press_frame
, f
);
6903 *finish
= X_EVENT_DROP
;
6905 else if (event
.type
== ButtonPress
)
6907 last_mouse_press_frame
= Qnil
;
6912 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT || USE_GTK */
6916 case CirculateNotify
:
6919 case CirculateRequest
:
6922 case VisibilityNotify
:
6926 /* Someone has changed the keyboard mapping - update the
6928 switch (event
.xmapping
.request
)
6930 case MappingModifier
:
6931 x_find_modifier_meanings (dpyinfo
);
6932 /* This is meant to fall through. */
6933 case MappingKeyboard
:
6934 XRefreshKeyboardMapping (&event
.xmapping
);
6939 xft_settings_event (dpyinfo
, &event
);
6944 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
6946 if (*finish
!= X_EVENT_DROP
)
6947 XtDispatchEvent (&event
);
6949 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
6954 if (inev
.ie
.kind
!= NO_EVENT
)
6956 kbd_buffer_store_event_hold (&inev
.ie
, hold_quit
);
6961 && !(hold_quit
&& hold_quit
->kind
!= NO_EVENT
))
6966 XSETFRAME (frame
, f
);
6972 any_help_event_p
= 1;
6973 gen_help_event (help_echo_string
, frame
, help_echo_window
,
6974 help_echo_object
, help_echo_pos
);
6978 help_echo_string
= Qnil
;
6979 gen_help_event (Qnil
, frame
, Qnil
, Qnil
, 0);
6989 /* Handles the XEvent EVENT on display DISPLAY.
6990 This is used for event loops outside the normal event handling,
6991 i.e. looping while a popup menu or a dialog is posted.
6993 Returns the value handle_one_xevent sets in the finish argument. */
6995 x_dispatch_event (XEvent
*event
, Display
*display
)
6997 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
6998 int finish
= X_EVENT_NORMAL
;
7000 dpyinfo
= x_display_info_for_display (display
);
7003 handle_one_xevent (dpyinfo
, event
, &finish
, 0);
7009 /* Read events coming from the X server.
7010 This routine is called by the SIGIO handler.
7011 We return as soon as there are no more events to be read.
7013 We return the number of characters stored into the buffer,
7014 thus pretending to be `read' (except the characters we store
7015 in the keyboard buffer can be multibyte, so are not necessarily
7018 EXPECTED is nonzero if the caller knows input is available. */
7021 XTread_socket (struct terminal
*terminal
, int expected
, struct input_event
*hold_quit
)
7025 int event_found
= 0;
7027 if (interrupt_input_blocked
)
7029 interrupt_input_pending
= 1;
7031 pending_signals
= 1;
7036 interrupt_input_pending
= 0;
7038 pending_signals
= pending_atimers
;
7042 /* So people can tell when we have read the available input. */
7043 input_signal_count
++;
7048 /* Only check session manager input for the primary display. */
7049 if (terminal
->id
== 1 && x_session_have_connection ())
7051 struct input_event inev
;
7053 /* We don't need to EVENT_INIT (inev) here, as
7054 x_session_check_input copies an entire input_event. */
7055 if (x_session_check_input (&inev
))
7057 kbd_buffer_store_event_hold (&inev
, hold_quit
);
7064 /* For debugging, this gives a way to fake an I/O error. */
7065 if (terminal
->display_info
.x
== XTread_socket_fake_io_error
)
7067 XTread_socket_fake_io_error
= 0;
7068 x_io_error_quitter (terminal
->display_info
.x
->display
);
7072 while (XPending (terminal
->display_info
.x
->display
))
7076 XNextEvent (terminal
->display_info
.x
->display
, &event
);
7079 /* Filter events for the current X input method. */
7080 if (x_filter_event (terminal
->display_info
.x
, &event
))
7085 count
+= handle_one_xevent (terminal
->display_info
.x
,
7086 &event
, &finish
, hold_quit
);
7088 if (finish
== X_EVENT_GOTO_OUT
)
7094 /* For GTK we must use the GTK event loop. But XEvents gets passed
7095 to our filter function above, and then to the big event switch.
7096 We use a bunch of globals to communicate with our filter function,
7097 that is kind of ugly, but it works.
7099 There is no way to do one display at the time, GTK just does events
7100 from all displays. */
7102 while (gtk_events_pending ())
7104 current_count
= count
;
7105 current_hold_quit
= hold_quit
;
7107 gtk_main_iteration ();
7109 count
= current_count
;
7111 current_hold_quit
= 0;
7113 if (current_finish
== X_EVENT_GOTO_OUT
)
7116 #endif /* USE_GTK */
7120 /* On some systems, an X bug causes Emacs to get no more events
7121 when the window is destroyed. Detect that. (1994.) */
7124 /* Emacs and the X Server eats up CPU time if XNoOp is done every time.
7125 One XNOOP in 100 loops will make Emacs terminate.
7126 B. Bretthauer, 1994 */
7128 if (x_noop_count
>= 100)
7132 if (next_noop_dpyinfo
== 0)
7133 next_noop_dpyinfo
= x_display_list
;
7135 XNoOp (next_noop_dpyinfo
->display
);
7137 /* Each time we get here, cycle through the displays now open. */
7138 next_noop_dpyinfo
= next_noop_dpyinfo
->next
;
7142 /* If the focus was just given to an auto-raising frame,
7144 /* ??? This ought to be able to handle more than one such frame. */
7145 if (pending_autoraise_frame
)
7147 x_raise_frame (pending_autoraise_frame
);
7148 pending_autoraise_frame
= 0;
7160 /***********************************************************************
7162 ***********************************************************************/
7164 /* Set clipping for output in glyph row ROW. W is the window in which
7165 we operate. GC is the graphics context to set clipping in.
7167 ROW may be a text row or, e.g., a mode line. Text rows must be
7168 clipped to the interior of the window dedicated to text display,
7169 mode lines must be clipped to the whole window. */
7172 x_clip_to_row (struct window
*w
, struct glyph_row
*row
, int area
, GC gc
)
7174 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w
));
7175 XRectangle clip_rect
;
7176 int window_x
, window_y
, window_width
;
7178 window_box (w
, area
, &window_x
, &window_y
, &window_width
, 0);
7180 clip_rect
.x
= window_x
;
7181 clip_rect
.y
= WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, max (0, row
->y
));
7182 clip_rect
.y
= max (clip_rect
.y
, window_y
);
7183 clip_rect
.width
= window_width
;
7184 clip_rect
.height
= row
->visible_height
;
7186 XSetClipRectangles (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), gc
, 0, 0, &clip_rect
, 1, Unsorted
);
7190 /* Draw a hollow box cursor on window W in glyph row ROW. */
7193 x_draw_hollow_cursor (struct window
*w
, struct glyph_row
*row
)
7195 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w
));
7196 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
7197 Display
*dpy
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
7200 struct glyph
*cursor_glyph
;
7203 /* Get the glyph the cursor is on. If we can't tell because
7204 the current matrix is invalid or such, give up. */
7205 cursor_glyph
= get_phys_cursor_glyph (w
);
7206 if (cursor_glyph
== NULL
)
7209 /* Compute frame-relative coordinates for phys cursor. */
7210 get_phys_cursor_geometry (w
, row
, cursor_glyph
, &x
, &y
, &h
);
7211 wd
= w
->phys_cursor_width
;
7213 /* The foreground of cursor_gc is typically the same as the normal
7214 background color, which can cause the cursor box to be invisible. */
7215 xgcv
.foreground
= f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_pixel
;
7216 if (dpyinfo
->scratch_cursor_gc
)
7217 XChangeGC (dpy
, dpyinfo
->scratch_cursor_gc
, GCForeground
, &xgcv
);
7219 dpyinfo
->scratch_cursor_gc
= XCreateGC (dpy
, FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
7220 GCForeground
, &xgcv
);
7221 gc
= dpyinfo
->scratch_cursor_gc
;
7223 /* Set clipping, draw the rectangle, and reset clipping again. */
7224 x_clip_to_row (w
, row
, TEXT_AREA
, gc
);
7225 XDrawRectangle (dpy
, FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), gc
, x
, y
, wd
, h
- 1);
7226 XSetClipMask (dpy
, gc
, None
);
7230 /* Draw a bar cursor on window W in glyph row ROW.
7232 Implementation note: One would like to draw a bar cursor with an
7233 angle equal to the one given by the font property XA_ITALIC_ANGLE.
7234 Unfortunately, I didn't find a font yet that has this property set.
7238 x_draw_bar_cursor (struct window
*w
, struct glyph_row
*row
, int width
, enum text_cursor_kinds kind
)
7240 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
);
7241 struct glyph
*cursor_glyph
;
7243 /* If cursor is out of bounds, don't draw garbage. This can happen
7244 in mini-buffer windows when switching between echo area glyphs
7246 cursor_glyph
= get_phys_cursor_glyph (w
);
7247 if (cursor_glyph
== NULL
)
7250 /* If on an image, draw like a normal cursor. That's usually better
7251 visible than drawing a bar, esp. if the image is large so that
7252 the bar might not be in the window. */
7253 if (cursor_glyph
->type
== IMAGE_GLYPH
)
7255 struct glyph_row
*row
;
7256 row
= MATRIX_ROW (w
->current_matrix
, w
->phys_cursor
.vpos
);
7257 draw_phys_cursor_glyph (w
, row
, DRAW_CURSOR
);
7261 Display
*dpy
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
7262 Window window
= FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
);
7263 GC gc
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
;
7264 unsigned long mask
= GCForeground
| GCBackground
| GCGraphicsExposures
;
7265 struct face
*face
= FACE_FROM_ID (f
, cursor_glyph
->face_id
);
7268 /* If the glyph's background equals the color we normally draw
7269 the bars cursor in, the bar cursor in its normal color is
7270 invisible. Use the glyph's foreground color instead in this
7271 case, on the assumption that the glyph's colors are chosen so
7272 that the glyph is legible. */
7273 if (face
->background
== f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_pixel
)
7274 xgcv
.background
= xgcv
.foreground
= face
->foreground
;
7276 xgcv
.background
= xgcv
.foreground
= f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_pixel
;
7277 xgcv
.graphics_exposures
= 0;
7280 XChangeGC (dpy
, gc
, mask
, &xgcv
);
7283 gc
= XCreateGC (dpy
, window
, mask
, &xgcv
);
7284 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
= gc
;
7287 x_clip_to_row (w
, row
, TEXT_AREA
, gc
);
7289 if (kind
== BAR_CURSOR
)
7291 int x
= WINDOW_TEXT_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_X (w
, w
->phys_cursor
.x
);
7294 width
= FRAME_CURSOR_WIDTH (f
);
7295 width
= min (cursor_glyph
->pixel_width
, width
);
7297 w
->phys_cursor_width
= width
;
7299 /* If the character under cursor is R2L, draw the bar cursor
7300 on the right of its glyph, rather than on the left. */
7301 if ((cursor_glyph
->resolved_level
& 1) != 0)
7302 x
+= cursor_glyph
->pixel_width
- width
;
7304 XFillRectangle (dpy
, window
, gc
, x
,
7305 WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, w
->phys_cursor
.y
),
7306 width
, row
->height
);
7310 int dummy_x
, dummy_y
, dummy_h
;
7313 width
= row
->height
;
7315 width
= min (row
->height
, width
);
7317 get_phys_cursor_geometry (w
, row
, cursor_glyph
, &dummy_x
,
7318 &dummy_y
, &dummy_h
);
7320 XFillRectangle (dpy
, window
, gc
,
7321 WINDOW_TEXT_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_X (w
, w
->phys_cursor
.x
),
7322 WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, w
->phys_cursor
.y
+
7323 row
->height
- width
),
7324 w
->phys_cursor_width
, width
);
7327 XSetClipMask (dpy
, gc
, None
);
7332 /* RIF: Define cursor CURSOR on frame F. */
7335 x_define_frame_cursor (struct frame
*f
, Cursor cursor
)
7337 if (!f
->pointer_invisible
7338 && f
->output_data
.x
->current_cursor
!= cursor
)
7339 XDefineCursor (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), cursor
);
7340 f
->output_data
.x
->current_cursor
= cursor
;
7344 /* RIF: Clear area on frame F. */
7347 x_clear_frame_area (struct frame
*f
, int x
, int y
, int width
, int height
)
7349 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
7350 x
, y
, width
, height
, False
);
7352 /* Must queue a redraw, because scroll bars might have been cleared. */
7353 if (FRAME_GTK_WIDGET (f
))
7354 gtk_widget_queue_draw (FRAME_GTK_WIDGET (f
));
7359 /* RIF: Draw cursor on window W. */
7362 x_draw_window_cursor (struct window
*w
, struct glyph_row
*glyph_row
, int x
, int y
, int cursor_type
, int cursor_width
, int on_p
, int active_p
)
7364 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w
));
7368 w
->phys_cursor_type
= cursor_type
;
7369 w
->phys_cursor_on_p
= 1;
7371 if (glyph_row
->exact_window_width_line_p
7372 && (glyph_row
->reversed_p
7373 ? (w
->phys_cursor
.hpos
< 0)
7374 : (w
->phys_cursor
.hpos
>= glyph_row
->used
[TEXT_AREA
])))
7376 glyph_row
->cursor_in_fringe_p
= 1;
7377 draw_fringe_bitmap (w
, glyph_row
, glyph_row
->reversed_p
);
7381 switch (cursor_type
)
7383 case HOLLOW_BOX_CURSOR
:
7384 x_draw_hollow_cursor (w
, glyph_row
);
7387 case FILLED_BOX_CURSOR
:
7388 draw_phys_cursor_glyph (w
, glyph_row
, DRAW_CURSOR
);
7392 x_draw_bar_cursor (w
, glyph_row
, cursor_width
, BAR_CURSOR
);
7396 x_draw_bar_cursor (w
, glyph_row
, cursor_width
, HBAR_CURSOR
);
7400 w
->phys_cursor_width
= 0;
7409 if (w
== XWINDOW (f
->selected_window
))
7410 if (FRAME_XIC (f
) && (FRAME_XIC_STYLE (f
) & XIMPreeditPosition
))
7411 xic_set_preeditarea (w
, x
, y
);
7416 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
7423 /* Make the x-window of frame F use the gnu icon bitmap. */
7426 x_bitmap_icon (struct frame
*f
, Lisp_Object file
)
7430 if (FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
) == 0)
7433 /* Free up our existing icon bitmap and mask if any. */
7434 if (f
->output_data
.x
->icon_bitmap
> 0)
7435 x_destroy_bitmap (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->icon_bitmap
);
7436 f
->output_data
.x
->icon_bitmap
= 0;
7441 /* Use gtk_window_set_icon_from_file () if available,
7442 It's not restricted to bitmaps */
7443 if (xg_set_icon (f
, file
))
7445 #endif /* USE_GTK */
7446 bitmap_id
= x_create_bitmap_from_file (f
, file
);
7447 x_create_bitmap_mask (f
, bitmap_id
);
7451 /* Create the GNU bitmap and mask if necessary. */
7452 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->icon_bitmap_id
< 0)
7458 if (xg_set_icon (f
, xg_default_icon_file
)
7459 || xg_set_icon_from_xpm_data (f
, gnu_xpm_bits
))
7462 #elif defined (HAVE_XPM) && defined (HAVE_X_WINDOWS)
7464 rc
= x_create_bitmap_from_xpm_data (f
, gnu_xpm_bits
);
7466 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->icon_bitmap_id
= rc
;
7470 /* If all else fails, use the (black and white) xbm image. */
7473 rc
= x_create_bitmap_from_data (f
, gnu_xbm_bits
,
7474 gnu_xbm_width
, gnu_xbm_height
);
7478 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->icon_bitmap_id
= rc
;
7479 x_create_bitmap_mask (f
, FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->icon_bitmap_id
);
7483 /* The first time we create the GNU bitmap and mask,
7484 this increments the ref-count one extra time.
7485 As a result, the GNU bitmap and mask are never freed.
7486 That way, we don't have to worry about allocating it again. */
7487 x_reference_bitmap (f
, FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->icon_bitmap_id
);
7489 bitmap_id
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->icon_bitmap_id
;
7492 x_wm_set_icon_pixmap (f
, bitmap_id
);
7493 f
->output_data
.x
->icon_bitmap
= bitmap_id
;
7499 /* Make the x-window of frame F use a rectangle with text.
7500 Use ICON_NAME as the text. */
7503 x_text_icon (struct frame
*f
, const char *icon_name
)
7505 if (FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
) == 0)
7510 text
.value
= (unsigned char *) icon_name
;
7511 text
.encoding
= XA_STRING
;
7513 text
.nitems
= strlen (icon_name
);
7514 XSetWMIconName (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
), &text
);
7517 if (f
->output_data
.x
->icon_bitmap
> 0)
7518 x_destroy_bitmap (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->icon_bitmap
);
7519 f
->output_data
.x
->icon_bitmap
= 0;
7520 x_wm_set_icon_pixmap (f
, 0);
7525 #define X_ERROR_MESSAGE_SIZE 200
7527 /* If non-nil, this should be a string.
7528 It means catch X errors and store the error message in this string.
7530 The reason we use a stack is that x_catch_error/x_uncatch_error can
7531 be called from a signal handler.
7534 struct x_error_message_stack
{
7535 char string
[X_ERROR_MESSAGE_SIZE
];
7537 struct x_error_message_stack
*prev
;
7539 static struct x_error_message_stack
*x_error_message
;
7541 /* An X error handler which stores the error message in
7542 *x_error_message. This is called from x_error_handler if
7543 x_catch_errors is in effect. */
7546 x_error_catcher (Display
*display
, XErrorEvent
*error
)
7548 XGetErrorText (display
, error
->error_code
,
7549 x_error_message
->string
,
7550 X_ERROR_MESSAGE_SIZE
);
7553 /* Begin trapping X errors for display DPY. Actually we trap X errors
7554 for all displays, but DPY should be the display you are actually
7557 After calling this function, X protocol errors no longer cause
7558 Emacs to exit; instead, they are recorded in the string
7559 stored in *x_error_message.
7561 Calling x_check_errors signals an Emacs error if an X error has
7562 occurred since the last call to x_catch_errors or x_check_errors.
7564 Calling x_uncatch_errors resumes the normal error handling. */
7566 void x_check_errors (Display
*dpy
, const char *format
);
7569 x_catch_errors (Display
*dpy
)
7571 struct x_error_message_stack
*data
= xmalloc (sizeof (*data
));
7573 /* Make sure any errors from previous requests have been dealt with. */
7577 data
->string
[0] = 0;
7578 data
->prev
= x_error_message
;
7579 x_error_message
= data
;
7582 /* Undo the last x_catch_errors call.
7583 DPY should be the display that was passed to x_catch_errors. */
7586 x_uncatch_errors (void)
7588 struct x_error_message_stack
*tmp
;
7592 /* The display may have been closed before this function is called.
7593 Check if it is still open before calling XSync. */
7594 if (x_display_info_for_display (x_error_message
->dpy
) != 0)
7595 XSync (x_error_message
->dpy
, False
);
7597 tmp
= x_error_message
;
7598 x_error_message
= x_error_message
->prev
;
7603 /* If any X protocol errors have arrived since the last call to
7604 x_catch_errors or x_check_errors, signal an Emacs error using
7605 sprintf (a buffer, FORMAT, the x error message text) as the text. */
7608 x_check_errors (Display
*dpy
, const char *format
)
7610 /* Make sure to catch any errors incurred so far. */
7613 if (x_error_message
->string
[0])
7615 char string
[X_ERROR_MESSAGE_SIZE
];
7616 memcpy (string
, x_error_message
->string
, X_ERROR_MESSAGE_SIZE
);
7617 x_uncatch_errors ();
7618 error (format
, string
);
7622 /* Nonzero if we had any X protocol errors
7623 since we did x_catch_errors on DPY. */
7626 x_had_errors_p (Display
*dpy
)
7628 /* Make sure to catch any errors incurred so far. */
7631 return x_error_message
->string
[0] != 0;
7634 /* Forget about any errors we have had, since we did x_catch_errors on DPY. */
7637 x_clear_errors (Display
*dpy
)
7639 x_error_message
->string
[0] = 0;
7642 #if 0 /* See comment in unwind_to_catch why calling this is a bad
7643 * idea. --lorentey */
7644 /* Close off all unclosed x_catch_errors calls. */
7647 x_fully_uncatch_errors (void)
7649 while (x_error_message
)
7650 x_uncatch_errors ();
7654 /* Nonzero if x_catch_errors has been done and not yet canceled. */
7657 x_catching_errors (void)
7659 return x_error_message
!= 0;
7663 static unsigned int x_wire_count
;
7666 fprintf (stderr
, "Lib call: %d\n", ++x_wire_count
);
7671 /* Handle SIGPIPE, which can happen when the connection to a server
7672 simply goes away. SIGPIPE is handled by x_connection_signal.
7673 Don't need to do anything, because the write which caused the
7674 SIGPIPE will fail, causing Xlib to invoke the X IO error handler,
7675 which will do the appropriate cleanup for us. */
7678 x_connection_signal (int signalnum
) /* If we don't have an argument, */
7679 /* some compilers complain in signal calls. */
7682 /* USG systems forget handlers when they are used;
7683 must reestablish each time */
7684 signal (signalnum
, x_connection_signal
);
7689 /************************************************************************
7691 ************************************************************************/
7693 /* Error message passed to x_connection_closed. */
7695 static char *error_msg
;
7697 /* Function installed as fatal_error_signal_hook in
7698 x_connection_closed. Print the X error message, and exit normally,
7699 instead of dumping core when XtCloseDisplay fails. */
7702 x_fatal_error_signal (void)
7704 fprintf (stderr
, "%s\n", error_msg
);
7708 /* Handle the loss of connection to display DPY. ERROR_MESSAGE is
7709 the text of an error message that lead to the connection loss. */
7712 x_connection_closed (Display
*dpy
, const char *error_message
)
7714 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= x_display_info_for_display (dpy
);
7715 Lisp_Object frame
, tail
;
7716 int index
= SPECPDL_INDEX ();
7718 error_msg
= (char *) alloca (strlen (error_message
) + 1);
7719 strcpy (error_msg
, error_message
);
7720 handling_signal
= 0;
7722 /* Prevent being called recursively because of an error condition
7723 below. Otherwise, we might end up with printing ``can't find per
7724 display information'' in the recursive call instead of printing
7725 the original message here. */
7726 x_catch_errors (dpy
);
7728 /* Inhibit redisplay while frames are being deleted. */
7729 specbind (Qinhibit_redisplay
, Qt
);
7733 /* Protect display from being closed when we delete the last
7735 dpyinfo
->reference_count
++;
7736 dpyinfo
->terminal
->reference_count
++;
7739 /* First delete frames whose mini-buffers are on frames
7740 that are on the dead display. */
7741 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail
, frame
)
7743 Lisp_Object minibuf_frame
;
7745 = WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (FRAME_MINIBUF_WINDOW (XFRAME (frame
))));
7746 if (FRAME_X_P (XFRAME (frame
))
7747 && FRAME_X_P (XFRAME (minibuf_frame
))
7748 && ! EQ (frame
, minibuf_frame
)
7749 && FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (XFRAME (minibuf_frame
)) == dpyinfo
)
7750 delete_frame (frame
, Qnoelisp
);
7753 /* Now delete all remaining frames on the dead display.
7754 We are now sure none of these is used as the mini-buffer
7755 for another frame that we need to delete. */
7756 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail
, frame
)
7757 if (FRAME_X_P (XFRAME (frame
))
7758 && FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (XFRAME (frame
)) == dpyinfo
)
7760 /* Set this to t so that delete_frame won't get confused
7761 trying to find a replacement. */
7762 FRAME_KBOARD (XFRAME (frame
))->Vdefault_minibuffer_frame
= Qt
;
7763 delete_frame (frame
, Qnoelisp
);
7766 /* If DPYINFO is null, this means we didn't open the display in the
7767 first place, so don't try to close it. */
7770 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
7771 /* We have to close the display to inform Xt that it doesn't
7772 exist anymore. If we don't, Xt will continue to wait for
7773 events from the display. As a consequence, a sequence of
7775 M-x make-frame-on-display RET :1 RET
7776 ...kill the new frame, so that we get an IO error...
7777 M-x make-frame-on-display RET :1 RET
7779 will indefinitely wait in Xt for events for display `:1',
7780 opened in the first call to make-frame-on-display.
7782 Closing the display is reported to lead to a bus error on
7783 OpenWindows in certain situations. I suspect that is a bug
7784 in OpenWindows. I don't know how to circumvent it here. */
7785 fatal_error_signal_hook
= x_fatal_error_signal
;
7786 XtCloseDisplay (dpy
);
7787 fatal_error_signal_hook
= NULL
;
7788 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
7791 /* A long-standing GTK bug prevents proper disconnect handling
7792 (https://bugzilla.gnome.org/show_bug.cgi?id=85715). Once,
7793 the resulting Glib error message loop filled a user's disk.
7794 To avoid this, kill Emacs unconditionally on disconnect. */
7795 shut_down_emacs (0, 0, Qnil
);
7796 fprintf (stderr
, "%s\n\
7797 When compiled with GTK, Emacs cannot recover from X disconnects.\n\
7798 This is a GTK bug: https://bugzilla.gnome.org/show_bug.cgi?id=85715\n\
7799 For details, see etc/PROBLEMS.\n",
7802 #endif /* USE_GTK */
7804 /* Indicate that this display is dead. */
7805 dpyinfo
->display
= 0;
7807 dpyinfo
->reference_count
--;
7808 dpyinfo
->terminal
->reference_count
--;
7809 if (dpyinfo
->reference_count
!= 0)
7810 /* We have just closed all frames on this display. */
7815 XSETTERMINAL (tmp
, dpyinfo
->terminal
);
7816 Fdelete_terminal (tmp
, Qnoelisp
);
7820 x_uncatch_errors ();
7822 if (terminal_list
== 0)
7824 fprintf (stderr
, "%s\n", error_msg
);
7825 Fkill_emacs (make_number (70));
7829 /* Ordinary stack unwind doesn't deal with these. */
7831 sigunblock (sigmask (SIGIO
));
7833 sigunblock (sigmask (SIGALRM
));
7834 TOTALLY_UNBLOCK_INPUT
;
7836 unbind_to (index
, Qnil
);
7837 clear_waiting_for_input ();
7838 /* Here, we absolutely have to use a non-local exit (e.g. signal, throw,
7839 longjmp), because returning from this function would get us back into
7840 Xlib's code which will directly call `exit'. */
7841 error ("%s", error_msg
);
7844 /* We specifically use it before defining it, so that gcc doesn't inline it,
7845 otherwise gdb doesn't know how to properly put a breakpoint on it. */
7846 static void x_error_quitter (Display
*, XErrorEvent
*);
7848 /* This is the first-level handler for X protocol errors.
7849 It calls x_error_quitter or x_error_catcher. */
7852 x_error_handler (Display
*display
, XErrorEvent
*error
)
7854 if (x_error_message
)
7855 x_error_catcher (display
, error
);
7857 x_error_quitter (display
, error
);
7861 /* This is the usual handler for X protocol errors.
7862 It kills all frames on the display that we got the error for.
7863 If that was the only one, it prints an error message and kills Emacs. */
7865 /* .gdbinit puts a breakpoint here, so make sure it is not inlined. */
7867 /* On older GCC versions, just putting x_error_quitter
7868 after x_error_handler prevents inlining into the former. */
7870 static void NO_INLINE
7871 x_error_quitter (Display
*display
, XErrorEvent
*error
)
7873 char buf
[256], buf1
[356];
7875 /* Ignore BadName errors. They can happen because of fonts
7876 or colors that are not defined. */
7878 if (error
->error_code
== BadName
)
7881 /* Note that there is no real way portable across R3/R4 to get the
7882 original error handler. */
7884 XGetErrorText (display
, error
->error_code
, buf
, sizeof (buf
));
7885 sprintf (buf1
, "X protocol error: %s on protocol request %d",
7886 buf
, error
->request_code
);
7887 x_connection_closed (display
, buf1
);
7891 /* This is the handler for X IO errors, always.
7892 It kills all frames on the display that we lost touch with.
7893 If that was the only one, it prints an error message and kills Emacs. */
7896 x_io_error_quitter (Display
*display
)
7900 sprintf (buf
, "Connection lost to X server `%s'", DisplayString (display
));
7901 x_connection_closed (display
, buf
);
7905 /* Changing the font of the frame. */
7907 /* Give frame F the font FONT-OBJECT as its default font. The return
7908 value is FONT-OBJECT. FONTSET is an ID of the fontset for the
7909 frame. If it is negative, generate a new fontset from
7913 x_new_font (struct frame
*f
, Lisp_Object font_object
, int fontset
)
7915 struct font
*font
= XFONT_OBJECT (font_object
);
7918 fontset
= fontset_from_font (font_object
);
7919 FRAME_FONTSET (f
) = fontset
;
7920 if (FRAME_FONT (f
) == font
)
7921 /* This font is already set in frame F. There's nothing more to
7925 FRAME_FONT (f
) = font
;
7926 FRAME_BASELINE_OFFSET (f
) = font
->baseline_offset
;
7927 FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
) = font
->average_width
;
7928 FRAME_SPACE_WIDTH (f
) = font
->space_width
;
7929 FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
) = FONT_HEIGHT (font
);
7931 compute_fringe_widths (f
, 1);
7933 /* Compute the scroll bar width in character columns. */
7934 if (FRAME_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH (f
) > 0)
7936 int wid
= FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
);
7937 FRAME_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_COLS (f
)
7938 = (FRAME_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH (f
) + wid
-1) / wid
;
7942 int wid
= FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
);
7943 FRAME_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_COLS (f
) = (14 + wid
- 1) / wid
;
7946 if (FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
) != 0)
7948 /* Don't change the size of a tip frame; there's no point in
7949 doing it because it's done in Fx_show_tip, and it leads to
7950 problems because the tip frame has no widget. */
7951 if (NILP (tip_frame
) || XFRAME (tip_frame
) != f
)
7952 x_set_window_size (f
, 0, FRAME_COLS (f
), FRAME_LINES (f
));
7957 && (FRAME_XIC_STYLE (f
) & (XIMPreeditPosition
| XIMStatusArea
)))
7960 xic_set_xfontset (f
, SDATA (fontset_ascii (fontset
)));
7969 /***********************************************************************
7971 ***********************************************************************/
7977 /* XIM destroy callback function, which is called whenever the
7978 connection to input method XIM dies. CLIENT_DATA contains a
7979 pointer to the x_display_info structure corresponding to XIM. */
7982 xim_destroy_callback (XIM xim
, XPointer client_data
, XPointer call_data
)
7984 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= (struct x_display_info
*) client_data
;
7985 Lisp_Object frame
, tail
;
7989 /* No need to call XDestroyIC.. */
7990 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail
, frame
)
7992 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (frame
);
7993 if (FRAME_X_P (f
) && FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
) == dpyinfo
)
7995 FRAME_XIC (f
) = NULL
;
7996 xic_free_xfontset (f
);
8000 /* No need to call XCloseIM. */
8001 dpyinfo
->xim
= NULL
;
8002 XFree (dpyinfo
->xim_styles
);
8006 #endif /* HAVE_X11R6 */
8009 /* This isn't prototyped in OSF 5.0 or 5.1a. */
8010 extern char *XSetIMValues (XIM
, ...);
8013 /* Open the connection to the XIM server on display DPYINFO.
8014 RESOURCE_NAME is the resource name Emacs uses. */
8017 xim_open_dpy (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
, char *resource_name
)
8025 XCloseIM (dpyinfo
->xim
);
8026 xim
= XOpenIM (dpyinfo
->display
, dpyinfo
->xrdb
, resource_name
,
8033 XIMCallback destroy
;
8036 /* Get supported styles and XIM values. */
8037 XGetIMValues (xim
, XNQueryInputStyle
, &dpyinfo
->xim_styles
, NULL
);
8040 destroy
.callback
= xim_destroy_callback
;
8041 destroy
.client_data
= (XPointer
)dpyinfo
;
8042 XSetIMValues (xim
, XNDestroyCallback
, &destroy
, NULL
);
8048 #endif /* HAVE_XIM */
8049 dpyinfo
->xim
= NULL
;
8053 #ifdef HAVE_X11R6_XIM
8055 /* XIM instantiate callback function, which is called whenever an XIM
8056 server is available. DISPLAY is the display of the XIM.
8057 CLIENT_DATA contains a pointer to an xim_inst_t structure created
8058 when the callback was registered. */
8061 xim_instantiate_callback (Display
*display
, XPointer client_data
, XPointer call_data
)
8063 struct xim_inst_t
*xim_inst
= (struct xim_inst_t
*) client_data
;
8064 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= xim_inst
->dpyinfo
;
8066 /* We don't support multiple XIM connections. */
8070 xim_open_dpy (dpyinfo
, xim_inst
->resource_name
);
8072 /* Create XIC for the existing frames on the same display, as long
8073 as they have no XIC. */
8074 if (dpyinfo
->xim
&& dpyinfo
->reference_count
> 0)
8076 Lisp_Object tail
, frame
;
8079 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail
, frame
)
8081 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (frame
);
8084 && FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
) == xim_inst
->dpyinfo
)
8085 if (FRAME_XIC (f
) == NULL
)
8087 create_frame_xic (f
);
8088 if (FRAME_XIC_STYLE (f
) & XIMStatusArea
)
8089 xic_set_statusarea (f
);
8090 if (FRAME_XIC_STYLE (f
) & XIMPreeditPosition
)
8092 struct window
*w
= XWINDOW (f
->selected_window
);
8093 xic_set_preeditarea (w
, w
->cursor
.x
, w
->cursor
.y
);
8102 #endif /* HAVE_X11R6_XIM */
8105 /* Open a connection to the XIM server on display DPYINFO.
8106 RESOURCE_NAME is the resource name for Emacs. On X11R5, open the
8107 connection only at the first time. On X11R6, open the connection
8108 in the XIM instantiate callback function. */
8111 xim_initialize (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
, char *resource_name
)
8113 dpyinfo
->xim
= NULL
;
8117 #ifdef HAVE_X11R6_XIM
8118 struct xim_inst_t
*xim_inst
;
8121 xim_inst
= (struct xim_inst_t
*) xmalloc (sizeof (struct xim_inst_t
));
8122 dpyinfo
->xim_callback_data
= xim_inst
;
8123 xim_inst
->dpyinfo
= dpyinfo
;
8124 len
= strlen (resource_name
);
8125 xim_inst
->resource_name
= (char *) xmalloc (len
+ 1);
8126 memcpy (xim_inst
->resource_name
, resource_name
, len
+ 1);
8127 XRegisterIMInstantiateCallback (dpyinfo
->display
, dpyinfo
->xrdb
,
8128 resource_name
, emacs_class
,
8129 xim_instantiate_callback
,
8130 /* This is XPointer in XFree86
8131 but (XPointer *) on Tru64, at
8132 least, hence the configure test. */
8133 (XRegisterIMInstantiateCallback_arg6
) xim_inst
);
8134 #else /* not HAVE_X11R6_XIM */
8135 xim_open_dpy (dpyinfo
, resource_name
);
8136 #endif /* not HAVE_X11R6_XIM */
8138 #endif /* HAVE_XIM */
8142 /* Close the connection to the XIM server on display DPYINFO. */
8145 xim_close_dpy (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
)
8150 #ifdef HAVE_X11R6_XIM
8151 if (dpyinfo
->display
)
8152 XUnregisterIMInstantiateCallback (dpyinfo
->display
, dpyinfo
->xrdb
,
8154 xim_instantiate_callback
, NULL
);
8155 xfree (dpyinfo
->xim_callback_data
->resource_name
);
8156 xfree (dpyinfo
->xim_callback_data
);
8157 #endif /* HAVE_X11R6_XIM */
8158 if (dpyinfo
->display
)
8159 XCloseIM (dpyinfo
->xim
);
8160 dpyinfo
->xim
= NULL
;
8161 XFree (dpyinfo
->xim_styles
);
8163 #endif /* HAVE_XIM */
8166 #endif /* not HAVE_X11R6_XIM */
8170 /* Calculate the absolute position in frame F
8171 from its current recorded position values and gravity. */
8174 x_calc_absolute_position (struct frame
*f
)
8176 int flags
= f
->size_hint_flags
;
8178 /* We have nothing to do if the current position
8179 is already for the top-left corner. */
8180 if (! ((flags
& XNegative
) || (flags
& YNegative
)))
8183 /* Treat negative positions as relative to the leftmost bottommost
8184 position that fits on the screen. */
8185 if (flags
& XNegative
)
8186 f
->left_pos
= x_display_pixel_width (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
))
8187 - FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
) + f
->left_pos
;
8190 int height
= FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
);
8192 #if defined USE_X_TOOLKIT && defined USE_MOTIF
8193 /* Something is fishy here. When using Motif, starting Emacs with
8194 `-g -0-0', the frame appears too low by a few pixels.
8196 This seems to be so because initially, while Emacs is starting,
8197 the column widget's height and the frame's pixel height are
8198 different. The column widget's height is the right one. In
8199 later invocations, when Emacs is up, the frame's pixel height
8202 It's not obvious where the initial small difference comes from.
8203 2000-12-01, gerd. */
8205 XtVaGetValues (f
->output_data
.x
->column_widget
, XtNheight
, &height
, NULL
);
8208 if (flags
& YNegative
)
8209 f
->top_pos
= x_display_pixel_height (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
))
8210 - height
+ f
->top_pos
;
8213 /* The left_pos and top_pos
8214 are now relative to the top and left screen edges,
8215 so the flags should correspond. */
8216 f
->size_hint_flags
&= ~ (XNegative
| YNegative
);
8219 /* CHANGE_GRAVITY is 1 when calling from Fset_frame_position,
8220 to really change the position, and 0 when calling from
8221 x_make_frame_visible (in that case, XOFF and YOFF are the current
8222 position values). It is -1 when calling from x_set_frame_parameters,
8223 which means, do adjust for borders but don't change the gravity. */
8226 x_set_offset (struct frame
*f
, register int xoff
, register int yoff
, int change_gravity
)
8228 int modified_top
, modified_left
;
8230 if (change_gravity
> 0)
8232 FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->left_before_move
= f
->left_pos
;
8233 FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->top_before_move
= f
->top_pos
;
8237 f
->size_hint_flags
&= ~ (XNegative
| YNegative
);
8239 f
->size_hint_flags
|= XNegative
;
8241 f
->size_hint_flags
|= YNegative
;
8242 f
->win_gravity
= NorthWestGravity
;
8244 x_calc_absolute_position (f
);
8247 x_wm_set_size_hint (f
, (long) 0, 0);
8249 modified_left
= f
->left_pos
;
8250 modified_top
= f
->top_pos
;
8252 if (change_gravity
!= 0 && FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->wm_type
== X_WMTYPE_A
)
8254 /* Some WMs (twm, wmaker at least) has an offset that is smaller
8255 than the WM decorations. So we use the calculated offset instead
8256 of the WM decoration sizes here (x/y_pixels_outer_diff). */
8257 modified_left
+= FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->move_offset_left
;
8258 modified_top
+= FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->move_offset_top
;
8261 XMoveWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
),
8262 modified_left
, modified_top
);
8264 x_sync_with_move (f
, f
->left_pos
, f
->top_pos
,
8265 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->wm_type
== X_WMTYPE_UNKNOWN
8268 /* change_gravity is non-zero when this function is called from Lisp to
8269 programmatically move a frame. In that case, we call
8270 x_check_expected_move to discover if we have a "Type A" or "Type B"
8271 window manager, and, for a "Type A" window manager, adjust the position
8274 We call x_check_expected_move if a programmatic move occurred, and
8275 either the window manager type (A/B) is unknown or it is Type A but we
8276 need to compute the top/left offset adjustment for this frame. */
8278 if (change_gravity
!= 0 &&
8279 (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->wm_type
== X_WMTYPE_UNKNOWN
8280 || (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->wm_type
== X_WMTYPE_A
8281 && (FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->move_offset_left
== 0
8282 && FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->move_offset_top
== 0))))
8283 x_check_expected_move (f
, modified_left
, modified_top
);
8288 /* Return non-zero if _NET_SUPPORTING_WM_CHECK window exists and _NET_SUPPORTED
8289 on the root window for frame F contains ATOMNAME.
8290 This is how a WM check shall be done according to the Window Manager
8291 Specification/Extended Window Manager Hints at
8292 http://freedesktop.org/wiki/Specifications/wm-spec. */
8295 wm_supports (struct frame
*f
, Atom want_atom
)
8298 unsigned long actual_size
, bytes_remaining
;
8299 int i
, rc
, actual_format
;
8300 Window wmcheck_window
;
8301 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
8302 Window target_window
= dpyinfo
->root_window
;
8303 long max_len
= 65536;
8304 Display
*dpy
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
8305 unsigned char *tmp_data
= NULL
;
8306 Atom target_type
= XA_WINDOW
;
8310 x_catch_errors (dpy
);
8311 rc
= XGetWindowProperty (dpy
, target_window
,
8312 dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_supporting_wm_check
,
8313 0, max_len
, False
, target_type
,
8314 &actual_type
, &actual_format
, &actual_size
,
8315 &bytes_remaining
, &tmp_data
);
8317 if (rc
!= Success
|| actual_type
!= XA_WINDOW
|| x_had_errors_p (dpy
))
8319 if (tmp_data
) XFree (tmp_data
);
8320 x_uncatch_errors ();
8325 wmcheck_window
= *(Window
*) tmp_data
;
8328 /* Check if window exists. */
8329 XSelectInput (dpy
, wmcheck_window
, StructureNotifyMask
);
8331 if (x_had_errors_p (dpy
))
8333 x_uncatch_errors ();
8338 if (dpyinfo
->net_supported_window
!= wmcheck_window
)
8340 /* Window changed, reload atoms */
8341 if (dpyinfo
->net_supported_atoms
!= NULL
)
8342 XFree (dpyinfo
->net_supported_atoms
);
8343 dpyinfo
->net_supported_atoms
= NULL
;
8344 dpyinfo
->nr_net_supported_atoms
= 0;
8345 dpyinfo
->net_supported_window
= 0;
8347 target_type
= XA_ATOM
;
8349 rc
= XGetWindowProperty (dpy
, target_window
,
8350 dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_supported
,
8351 0, max_len
, False
, target_type
,
8352 &actual_type
, &actual_format
, &actual_size
,
8353 &bytes_remaining
, &tmp_data
);
8355 if (rc
!= Success
|| actual_type
!= XA_ATOM
|| x_had_errors_p (dpy
))
8357 if (tmp_data
) XFree (tmp_data
);
8358 x_uncatch_errors ();
8363 dpyinfo
->net_supported_atoms
= (Atom
*)tmp_data
;
8364 dpyinfo
->nr_net_supported_atoms
= actual_size
;
8365 dpyinfo
->net_supported_window
= wmcheck_window
;
8370 for (i
= 0; rc
== 0 && i
< dpyinfo
->nr_net_supported_atoms
; ++i
)
8371 rc
= dpyinfo
->net_supported_atoms
[i
] == want_atom
;
8373 x_uncatch_errors ();
8380 set_wm_state (Lisp_Object frame
, int add
, Atom atom
, Atom value
)
8382 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (XFRAME (frame
));
8384 x_send_client_event (frame
, make_number (0), frame
,
8385 dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state
,
8387 /* 1 = add, 0 = remove */
8389 (make_number (add
? 1 : 0),
8391 (make_fixnum_or_float (atom
),
8393 ? Fcons (make_fixnum_or_float (value
), Qnil
)
8398 x_set_sticky (struct frame
*f
, Lisp_Object new_value
, Lisp_Object old_value
)
8401 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
8403 XSETFRAME (frame
, f
);
8405 set_wm_state (frame
, NILP (new_value
) ? 0 : 1,
8406 dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_sticky
, None
);
8409 /* Return the current _NET_WM_STATE.
8410 SIZE_STATE is set to one of the FULLSCREEN_* values.
8411 STICKY is set to 1 if the sticky state is set, 0 if not. */
8414 get_current_wm_state (struct frame
*f
,
8420 unsigned long actual_size
, bytes_remaining
;
8421 int i
, rc
, actual_format
;
8422 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
8423 long max_len
= 65536;
8424 Display
*dpy
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
8425 unsigned char *tmp_data
= NULL
;
8426 Atom target_type
= XA_ATOM
;
8429 *size_state
= FULLSCREEN_NONE
;
8432 x_catch_errors (dpy
);
8433 rc
= XGetWindowProperty (dpy
, window
, dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state
,
8434 0, max_len
, False
, target_type
,
8435 &actual_type
, &actual_format
, &actual_size
,
8436 &bytes_remaining
, &tmp_data
);
8438 if (rc
!= Success
|| actual_type
!= target_type
|| x_had_errors_p (dpy
))
8440 if (tmp_data
) XFree (tmp_data
);
8441 x_uncatch_errors ();
8446 x_uncatch_errors ();
8448 for (i
= 0; i
< actual_size
; ++i
)
8450 Atom a
= ((Atom
*)tmp_data
)[i
];
8451 if (a
== dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_horz
)
8453 if (*size_state
== FULLSCREEN_HEIGHT
)
8454 *size_state
= FULLSCREEN_MAXIMIZED
;
8456 *size_state
= FULLSCREEN_WIDTH
;
8458 else if (a
== dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_vert
)
8460 if (*size_state
== FULLSCREEN_WIDTH
)
8461 *size_state
= FULLSCREEN_MAXIMIZED
;
8463 *size_state
= FULLSCREEN_HEIGHT
;
8465 else if (a
== dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_fullscreen
)
8466 *size_state
= FULLSCREEN_BOTH
;
8467 else if (a
== dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_sticky
)
8471 if (tmp_data
) XFree (tmp_data
);
8475 /* Do fullscreen as specified in extended window manager hints */
8478 do_ewmh_fullscreen (struct frame
*f
)
8480 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
8481 int have_net_atom
= wm_supports (f
, dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state
);
8484 get_current_wm_state (f
, FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
), &cur
, &dummy
);
8486 /* Some window managers don't say they support _NET_WM_STATE, but they do say
8487 they support _NET_WM_STATE_FULLSCREEN. Try that also. */
8489 have_net_atom
= wm_supports (f
, dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_fullscreen
);
8491 if (have_net_atom
&& cur
!= f
->want_fullscreen
)
8495 XSETFRAME (frame
, f
);
8497 /* Keep number of calls to set_wm_state as low as possible.
8498 Some window managers, or possible Gtk+, hangs when too many
8499 are sent at once. */
8500 switch (f
->want_fullscreen
)
8502 case FULLSCREEN_BOTH
:
8503 if (cur
== FULLSCREEN_WIDTH
|| cur
== FULLSCREEN_MAXIMIZED
8504 || cur
== FULLSCREEN_HEIGHT
)
8505 set_wm_state (frame
, 0, dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_horz
,
8506 dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_vert
);
8507 set_wm_state (frame
, 1, dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_fullscreen
, None
);
8509 case FULLSCREEN_WIDTH
:
8510 if (cur
== FULLSCREEN_BOTH
|| cur
== FULLSCREEN_HEIGHT
8511 || cur
== FULLSCREEN_MAXIMIZED
)
8512 set_wm_state (frame
, 0, dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_fullscreen
,
8513 dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_vert
);
8514 if (cur
!= FULLSCREEN_MAXIMIZED
)
8515 set_wm_state (frame
, 1, dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_horz
, None
);
8517 case FULLSCREEN_HEIGHT
:
8518 if (cur
== FULLSCREEN_BOTH
|| cur
== FULLSCREEN_WIDTH
8519 || cur
== FULLSCREEN_MAXIMIZED
)
8520 set_wm_state (frame
, 0, dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_fullscreen
,
8521 dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_horz
);
8522 if (cur
!= FULLSCREEN_MAXIMIZED
)
8523 set_wm_state (frame
, 1, dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_vert
, None
);
8525 case FULLSCREEN_MAXIMIZED
:
8526 if (cur
== FULLSCREEN_BOTH
)
8527 set_wm_state (frame
, 0, dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_fullscreen
, None
);
8528 set_wm_state (frame
, 1, dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_horz
,
8529 dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_vert
);
8531 case FULLSCREEN_NONE
:
8532 if (cur
== FULLSCREEN_BOTH
)
8533 set_wm_state (frame
, 0, dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_fullscreen
, None
);
8535 set_wm_state (frame
, 0, dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_horz
,
8536 dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_vert
);
8539 f
->want_fullscreen
= FULLSCREEN_NONE
;
8543 return have_net_atom
;
8547 XTfullscreen_hook (FRAME_PTR f
)
8549 if (f
->async_visible
)
8552 x_check_fullscreen (f
);
8560 x_handle_net_wm_state (struct frame
*f
, XPropertyEvent
*event
)
8562 int value
= FULLSCREEN_NONE
;
8566 get_current_wm_state (f
, event
->window
, &value
, &sticky
);
8570 case FULLSCREEN_WIDTH
:
8573 case FULLSCREEN_HEIGHT
:
8576 case FULLSCREEN_BOTH
:
8579 case FULLSCREEN_MAXIMIZED
:
8584 store_frame_param (f
, Qfullscreen
, lval
);
8585 store_frame_param (f
, Qsticky
, sticky
? Qt
: Qnil
);
8588 /* Check if we need to resize the frame due to a fullscreen request.
8589 If so needed, resize the frame. */
8591 x_check_fullscreen (struct frame
*f
)
8593 if (do_ewmh_fullscreen (f
))
8596 if (f
->output_data
.x
->parent_desc
!= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->root_window
)
8597 return; /* Only fullscreen without WM or with EWM hints (above). */
8599 if (f
->want_fullscreen
!= FULLSCREEN_NONE
)
8601 int width
= FRAME_COLS (f
), height
= FRAME_LINES (f
);
8602 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
8604 switch (f
->want_fullscreen
)
8606 /* No difference between these two when there is no WM */
8607 case FULLSCREEN_BOTH
:
8608 case FULLSCREEN_MAXIMIZED
:
8609 width
= x_display_pixel_width (dpyinfo
);
8610 height
= x_display_pixel_height (dpyinfo
);
8612 case FULLSCREEN_WIDTH
:
8613 width
= x_display_pixel_width (dpyinfo
);
8615 case FULLSCREEN_HEIGHT
:
8616 height
= x_display_pixel_height (dpyinfo
);
8619 if (FRAME_COLS (f
) != width
|| FRAME_LINES (f
) != height
)
8621 change_frame_size (f
, height
, width
, 0, 1, 0);
8622 SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (f
);
8623 cancel_mouse_face (f
);
8628 /* This function is called by x_set_offset to determine whether the window
8629 manager interfered with the positioning of the frame. Type A window
8630 managers position the surrounding window manager decorations a small
8631 amount above and left of the user-supplied position. Type B window
8632 managers position the surrounding window manager decorations at the
8633 user-specified position. If we detect a Type A window manager, we
8634 compensate by moving the window right and down by the proper amount. */
8637 x_check_expected_move (struct frame
*f
, int expected_left
, int expected_top
)
8639 int current_left
= 0, current_top
= 0;
8641 /* x_real_positions returns the left and top offsets of the outermost
8642 window manager window around the frame. */
8644 x_real_positions (f
, ¤t_left
, ¤t_top
);
8646 if (current_left
!= expected_left
|| current_top
!= expected_top
)
8648 /* It's a "Type A" window manager. */
8653 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->wm_type
= X_WMTYPE_A
;
8654 FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->move_offset_left
= expected_left
- current_left
;
8655 FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->move_offset_top
= expected_top
- current_top
;
8657 /* Now fix the mispositioned frame's location. */
8659 adjusted_left
= expected_left
+ FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->move_offset_left
;
8660 adjusted_top
= expected_top
+ FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->move_offset_top
;
8662 XMoveWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
),
8663 adjusted_left
, adjusted_top
);
8665 x_sync_with_move (f
, expected_left
, expected_top
, 0);
8668 /* It's a "Type B" window manager. We don't have to adjust the
8669 frame's position. */
8671 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->wm_type
= X_WMTYPE_B
;
8675 /* Wait for XGetGeometry to return up-to-date position information for a
8676 recently-moved frame. Call this immediately after calling XMoveWindow.
8677 If FUZZY is non-zero, then LEFT and TOP are just estimates of where the
8678 frame has been moved to, so we use a fuzzy position comparison instead
8679 of an exact comparison. */
8682 x_sync_with_move (struct frame
*f
, int left
, int top
, int fuzzy
)
8686 while (count
++ < 50)
8688 int current_left
= 0, current_top
= 0;
8690 /* In theory, this call to XSync only needs to happen once, but in
8691 practice, it doesn't seem to work, hence the need for the surrounding
8694 XSync (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), False
);
8695 x_real_positions (f
, ¤t_left
, ¤t_top
);
8699 /* The left fuzz-factor is 10 pixels. The top fuzz-factor is 40
8702 if (eabs (current_left
- left
) <= 10
8703 && eabs (current_top
- top
) <= 40)
8706 else if (current_left
== left
&& current_top
== top
)
8710 /* As a last resort, just wait 0.5 seconds and hope that XGetGeometry
8711 will then return up-to-date position info. */
8713 wait_reading_process_output (0, 500000, 0, 0, Qnil
, NULL
, 0);
8717 /* Wait for an event on frame F matching EVENTTYPE. */
8719 x_wait_for_event (struct frame
*f
, int eventtype
)
8721 int level
= interrupt_input_blocked
;
8724 EMACS_TIME tmo
, tmo_at
, time_now
;
8725 int fd
= ConnectionNumber (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
8727 pending_event_wait
.f
= f
;
8728 pending_event_wait
.eventtype
= eventtype
;
8730 /* Set timeout to 0.1 second. Hopefully not noticable.
8731 Maybe it should be configurable. */
8732 EMACS_SET_SECS_USECS (tmo
, 0, 100000);
8733 EMACS_GET_TIME (tmo_at
);
8734 EMACS_ADD_TIME (tmo_at
, tmo_at
, tmo
);
8736 while (pending_event_wait
.eventtype
)
8738 interrupt_input_pending
= 1;
8739 TOTALLY_UNBLOCK_INPUT
;
8740 /* XTread_socket is called after unblock. */
8742 interrupt_input_blocked
= level
;
8747 EMACS_GET_TIME (time_now
);
8748 EMACS_SUB_TIME (tmo
, tmo_at
, time_now
);
8750 if (EMACS_TIME_NEG_P (tmo
) || select (fd
+1, &fds
, NULL
, NULL
, &tmo
) == 0)
8751 break; /* Timeout */
8753 pending_event_wait
.f
= 0;
8754 pending_event_wait
.eventtype
= 0;
8758 /* Change the size of frame F's X window to COLS/ROWS in the case F
8759 doesn't have a widget. If CHANGE_GRAVITY is 1, we change to
8760 top-left-corner window gravity for this size change and subsequent
8761 size changes. Otherwise we leave the window gravity unchanged. */
8764 x_set_window_size_1 (struct frame
*f
, int change_gravity
, int cols
, int rows
)
8766 int pixelwidth
, pixelheight
;
8768 check_frame_size (f
, &rows
, &cols
);
8769 f
->scroll_bar_actual_width
8770 = (!FRAME_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BARS (f
)
8772 : FRAME_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_COLS (f
) * FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
));
8774 compute_fringe_widths (f
, 0);
8776 pixelwidth
= FRAME_TEXT_COLS_TO_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
, cols
)
8777 + FRAME_TOOLBAR_WIDTH (f
);
8778 pixelheight
= FRAME_TEXT_LINES_TO_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
, rows
)
8779 + FRAME_MENUBAR_HEIGHT (f
) + FRAME_TOOLBAR_HEIGHT (f
);
8781 if (change_gravity
) f
->win_gravity
= NorthWestGravity
;
8782 x_wm_set_size_hint (f
, (long) 0, 0);
8783 XResizeWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
),
8784 pixelwidth
, pixelheight
);
8787 /* We've set {FRAME,PIXEL}_{WIDTH,HEIGHT} to the values we hope to
8788 receive in the ConfigureNotify event; if we get what we asked
8789 for, then the event won't cause the screen to become garbaged, so
8790 we have to make sure to do it here. */
8791 SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (f
);
8793 /* Now, strictly speaking, we can't be sure that this is accurate,
8794 but the window manager will get around to dealing with the size
8795 change request eventually, and we'll hear how it went when the
8796 ConfigureNotify event gets here.
8798 We could just not bother storing any of this information here,
8799 and let the ConfigureNotify event set everything up, but that
8800 might be kind of confusing to the Lisp code, since size changes
8801 wouldn't be reported in the frame parameters until some random
8802 point in the future when the ConfigureNotify event arrives.
8804 We pass 1 for DELAY since we can't run Lisp code inside of
8807 /* But the ConfigureNotify may in fact never arrive, and then this is
8808 not right if the frame is visible. Instead wait (with timeout)
8809 for the ConfigureNotify. */
8810 if (f
->async_visible
)
8811 x_wait_for_event (f
, ConfigureNotify
);
8814 change_frame_size (f
, rows
, cols
, 0, 1, 0);
8815 FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
) = pixelwidth
;
8816 FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
) = pixelheight
;
8822 /* Call this to change the size of frame F's x-window.
8823 If CHANGE_GRAVITY is 1, we change to top-left-corner window gravity
8824 for this size change and subsequent size changes.
8825 Otherwise we leave the window gravity unchanged. */
8828 x_set_window_size (struct frame
*f
, int change_gravity
, int cols
, int rows
)
8832 if (NILP (tip_frame
) || XFRAME (tip_frame
) != f
)
8836 /* When the frame is maximized/fullscreen or running under for
8837 example Xmonad, x_set_window_size_1 will be a no-op.
8838 In that case, the right thing to do is extend rows/cols to
8839 the current frame size. We do that first if x_set_window_size_1
8840 turns out to not be a no-op (there is no way to know).
8841 The size will be adjusted again if the frame gets a
8842 ConfigureNotify event as a result of x_set_window_size. */
8843 int pixelh
= FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
);
8844 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
8845 /* The menu bar is not part of text lines. The tool bar
8847 pixelh
-= FRAME_MENUBAR_HEIGHT (f
);
8849 r
= FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT_TO_TEXT_LINES (f
, pixelh
);
8850 /* Update f->scroll_bar_actual_width because it is used in
8851 FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH_TO_TEXT_COLS. */
8852 f
->scroll_bar_actual_width
8853 = FRAME_SCROLL_BAR_COLS (f
) * FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
);
8854 c
= FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH_TO_TEXT_COLS (f
, FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
));
8855 change_frame_size (f
, r
, c
, 0, 1, 0);
8859 if (FRAME_GTK_WIDGET (f
))
8860 xg_frame_set_char_size (f
, cols
, rows
);
8862 x_set_window_size_1 (f
, change_gravity
, cols
, rows
);
8863 #else /* not USE_GTK */
8865 x_set_window_size_1 (f
, change_gravity
, cols
, rows
);
8867 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
8869 /* If cursor was outside the new size, mark it as off. */
8870 mark_window_cursors_off (XWINDOW (f
->root_window
));
8872 /* Clear out any recollection of where the mouse highlighting was,
8873 since it might be in a place that's outside the new frame size.
8874 Actually checking whether it is outside is a pain in the neck,
8875 so don't try--just let the highlighting be done afresh with new size. */
8876 cancel_mouse_face (f
);
8881 /* Mouse warping. */
8884 x_set_mouse_position (struct frame
*f
, int x
, int y
)
8888 pix_x
= FRAME_COL_TO_PIXEL_X (f
, x
) + FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
) / 2;
8889 pix_y
= FRAME_LINE_TO_PIXEL_Y (f
, y
) + FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
) / 2;
8891 if (pix_x
< 0) pix_x
= 0;
8892 if (pix_x
> FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
)) pix_x
= FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
);
8894 if (pix_y
< 0) pix_y
= 0;
8895 if (pix_y
> FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
)) pix_y
= FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
);
8899 XWarpPointer (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), None
, FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
8900 0, 0, 0, 0, pix_x
, pix_y
);
8904 /* Move the mouse to position pixel PIX_X, PIX_Y relative to frame F. */
8907 x_set_mouse_pixel_position (struct frame
*f
, int pix_x
, int pix_y
)
8911 XWarpPointer (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), None
, FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
8912 0, 0, 0, 0, pix_x
, pix_y
);
8916 /* focus shifting, raising and lowering. */
8919 x_focus_on_frame (struct frame
*f
)
8922 /* I don't think that the ICCCM allows programs to do things like this
8923 without the interaction of the window manager. Whatever you end up
8924 doing with this code, do it to x_unfocus_frame too. */
8925 XSetInputFocus (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
8926 RevertToPointerRoot
, CurrentTime
);
8931 x_unfocus_frame (struct frame
*f
)
8934 /* Look at the remarks in x_focus_on_frame. */
8935 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->x_focus_frame
== f
)
8936 XSetInputFocus (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), PointerRoot
,
8937 RevertToPointerRoot
, CurrentTime
);
8941 /* Raise frame F. */
8944 x_raise_frame (struct frame
*f
)
8947 if (f
->async_visible
)
8948 XRaiseWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
));
8950 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
8954 /* Lower frame F. */
8957 x_lower_frame (struct frame
*f
)
8959 if (f
->async_visible
)
8962 XLowerWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
));
8963 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
8968 /* Activate frame with Extended Window Manager Hints */
8971 x_ewmh_activate_frame (FRAME_PTR f
)
8973 /* See Window Manager Specification/Extended Window Manager Hints at
8974 http://freedesktop.org/wiki/Specifications/wm-spec */
8976 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
8977 if (f
->async_visible
&& wm_supports (f
, dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_active_window
))
8980 XSETFRAME (frame
, f
);
8981 x_send_client_event (frame
, make_number (0), frame
,
8982 dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_active_window
,
8984 Fcons (make_number (1),
8985 Fcons (make_number (last_user_time
),
8991 XTframe_raise_lower (FRAME_PTR f
, int raise_flag
)
8999 /* XEmbed implementation. */
9002 xembed_set_info (struct frame
*f
, enum xembed_info flags
)
9004 unsigned long data
[2];
9005 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
9007 data
[0] = XEMBED_VERSION
;
9010 XChangeProperty (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
),
9011 dpyinfo
->Xatom_XEMBED_INFO
, dpyinfo
->Xatom_XEMBED_INFO
,
9012 32, PropModeReplace
, (unsigned char *) data
, 2);
9016 xembed_send_message (struct frame
*f
, Time time
, enum xembed_message message
, long int detail
, long int data1
, long int data2
)
9020 event
.xclient
.type
= ClientMessage
;
9021 event
.xclient
.window
= FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->parent_desc
;
9022 event
.xclient
.message_type
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->Xatom_XEMBED
;
9023 event
.xclient
.format
= 32;
9024 event
.xclient
.data
.l
[0] = time
;
9025 event
.xclient
.data
.l
[1] = message
;
9026 event
.xclient
.data
.l
[2] = detail
;
9027 event
.xclient
.data
.l
[3] = data1
;
9028 event
.xclient
.data
.l
[4] = data2
;
9030 XSendEvent (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->parent_desc
,
9031 False
, NoEventMask
, &event
);
9032 XSync (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), False
);
9035 /* Change of visibility. */
9037 /* This tries to wait until the frame is really visible.
9038 However, if the window manager asks the user where to position
9039 the frame, this will return before the user finishes doing that.
9040 The frame will not actually be visible at that time,
9041 but it will become visible later when the window manager
9042 finishes with it. */
9045 x_make_frame_visible (struct frame
*f
)
9048 int original_top
, original_left
;
9049 int retry_count
= 2;
9055 type
= x_icon_type (f
);
9057 x_bitmap_icon (f
, type
);
9059 if (! FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
))
9061 /* We test FRAME_GARBAGED_P here to make sure we don't
9062 call x_set_offset a second time
9063 if we get to x_make_frame_visible a second time
9064 before the window gets really visible. */
9065 if (! FRAME_ICONIFIED_P (f
)
9066 && ! FRAME_X_EMBEDDED_P (f
)
9067 && ! f
->output_data
.x
->asked_for_visible
)
9068 x_set_offset (f
, f
->left_pos
, f
->top_pos
, 0);
9070 f
->output_data
.x
->asked_for_visible
= 1;
9072 if (! EQ (Vx_no_window_manager
, Qt
))
9073 x_wm_set_window_state (f
, NormalState
);
9074 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9075 if (FRAME_X_EMBEDDED_P (f
))
9076 xembed_set_info (f
, XEMBED_MAPPED
);
9079 /* This was XtPopup, but that did nothing for an iconified frame. */
9080 XtMapWidget (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
);
9082 #else /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9084 gtk_widget_show_all (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
));
9085 gtk_window_deiconify (GTK_WINDOW (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
)));
9087 if (FRAME_X_EMBEDDED_P (f
))
9088 xembed_set_info (f
, XEMBED_MAPPED
);
9090 XMapRaised (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
));
9091 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
9092 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9095 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
9097 /* Synchronize to ensure Emacs knows the frame is visible
9098 before we do anything else. We do this loop with input not blocked
9099 so that incoming events are handled. */
9103 /* This must be before UNBLOCK_INPUT
9104 since events that arrive in response to the actions above
9105 will set it when they are handled. */
9106 int previously_visible
= f
->output_data
.x
->has_been_visible
;
9108 original_left
= f
->left_pos
;
9109 original_top
= f
->top_pos
;
9111 /* This must come after we set COUNT. */
9114 /* We unblock here so that arriving X events are processed. */
9116 /* Now move the window back to where it was "supposed to be".
9117 But don't do it if the gravity is negative.
9118 When the gravity is negative, this uses a position
9119 that is 3 pixels too low. Perhaps that's really the border width.
9121 Don't do this if the window has never been visible before,
9122 because the window manager may choose the position
9123 and we don't want to override it. */
9125 if (! FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
)
9126 && ! FRAME_ICONIFIED_P (f
)
9127 && ! FRAME_X_EMBEDDED_P (f
)
9128 && f
->win_gravity
== NorthWestGravity
9129 && previously_visible
)
9133 unsigned int width
, height
, border
, depth
;
9137 /* On some window managers (such as FVWM) moving an existing
9138 window, even to the same place, causes the window manager
9139 to introduce an offset. This can cause the window to move
9140 to an unexpected location. Check the geometry (a little
9141 slow here) and then verify that the window is in the right
9142 place. If the window is not in the right place, move it
9143 there, and take the potential window manager hit. */
9144 XGetGeometry (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
),
9145 &rootw
, &x
, &y
, &width
, &height
, &border
, &depth
);
9147 if (original_left
!= x
|| original_top
!= y
)
9148 XMoveWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
),
9149 original_left
, original_top
);
9154 XSETFRAME (frame
, f
);
9156 /* Wait until the frame is visible. Process X events until a
9157 MapNotify event has been seen, or until we think we won't get a
9158 MapNotify at all.. */
9159 for (count
= input_signal_count
+ 10;
9160 input_signal_count
< count
&& !FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
);)
9162 /* Force processing of queued events. */
9165 /* Machines that do polling rather than SIGIO have been
9166 observed to go into a busy-wait here. So we'll fake an
9167 alarm signal to let the handler know that there's something
9168 to be read. We used to raise a real alarm, but it seems
9169 that the handler isn't always enabled here. This is
9171 if (input_polling_used ())
9173 /* It could be confusing if a real alarm arrives while
9174 processing the fake one. Turn it off and let the
9175 handler reset it. */
9176 int old_poll_suppress_count
= poll_suppress_count
;
9177 poll_suppress_count
= 1;
9178 poll_for_input_1 ();
9179 poll_suppress_count
= old_poll_suppress_count
;
9182 /* See if a MapNotify event has been processed. */
9183 FRAME_SAMPLE_VISIBILITY (f
);
9188 (let ((f (selected-frame)))
9192 the frame is not raised with various window managers on
9193 FreeBSD, GNU/Linux and Solaris. It turns out that, for some
9194 unknown reason, the call to XtMapWidget is completely ignored.
9195 Mapping the widget a second time works. */
9197 if (!FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
) && --retry_count
> 0)
9202 /* Change from mapped state to withdrawn state. */
9204 /* Make the frame visible (mapped and not iconified). */
9207 x_make_frame_invisible (struct frame
*f
)
9211 /* Use the frame's outermost window, not the one we normally draw on. */
9212 window
= FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
);
9214 /* Don't keep the highlight on an invisible frame. */
9215 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->x_highlight_frame
== f
)
9216 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->x_highlight_frame
= 0;
9220 /* Before unmapping the window, update the WM_SIZE_HINTS property to claim
9221 that the current position of the window is user-specified, rather than
9222 program-specified, so that when the window is mapped again, it will be
9223 placed at the same location, without forcing the user to position it
9224 by hand again (they have already done that once for this window.) */
9225 x_wm_set_size_hint (f
, (long) 0, 1);
9228 if (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
))
9229 gtk_widget_hide (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
));
9232 if (FRAME_X_EMBEDDED_P (f
))
9233 xembed_set_info (f
, 0);
9238 if (! XWithdrawWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), window
,
9239 DefaultScreen (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
))))
9241 UNBLOCK_INPUT_RESIGNAL
;
9242 error ("Can't notify window manager of window withdrawal");
9246 /* We can't distinguish this from iconification
9247 just by the event that we get from the server.
9248 So we can't win using the usual strategy of letting
9249 FRAME_SAMPLE_VISIBILITY set this. So do it by hand,
9250 and synchronize with the server to make sure we agree. */
9252 FRAME_ICONIFIED_P (f
) = 0;
9253 f
->async_visible
= 0;
9254 f
->async_iconified
= 0;
9261 /* Change window state from mapped to iconified. */
9264 x_iconify_frame (struct frame
*f
)
9269 /* Don't keep the highlight on an invisible frame. */
9270 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->x_highlight_frame
== f
)
9271 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->x_highlight_frame
= 0;
9273 if (f
->async_iconified
)
9278 FRAME_SAMPLE_VISIBILITY (f
);
9280 type
= x_icon_type (f
);
9282 x_bitmap_icon (f
, type
);
9285 if (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
))
9287 if (! FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
))
9288 gtk_widget_show_all (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
));
9290 gtk_window_iconify (GTK_WINDOW (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
)));
9293 f
->async_iconified
= 1;
9294 f
->async_visible
= 0;
9300 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9302 if (! FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
))
9304 if (! EQ (Vx_no_window_manager
, Qt
))
9305 x_wm_set_window_state (f
, IconicState
);
9306 /* This was XtPopup, but that did nothing for an iconified frame. */
9307 XtMapWidget (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
);
9308 /* The server won't give us any event to indicate
9309 that an invisible frame was changed to an icon,
9310 so we have to record it here. */
9313 f
->async_iconified
= 1;
9314 f
->async_visible
= 0;
9319 result
= XIconifyWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
9320 XtWindow (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
),
9321 DefaultScreen (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
)));
9325 error ("Can't notify window manager of iconification");
9327 f
->async_iconified
= 1;
9328 f
->async_visible
= 0;
9332 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
9334 #else /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9336 /* Make sure the X server knows where the window should be positioned,
9337 in case the user deiconifies with the window manager. */
9338 if (! FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
)
9339 && ! FRAME_ICONIFIED_P (f
)
9340 && ! FRAME_X_EMBEDDED_P (f
))
9341 x_set_offset (f
, f
->left_pos
, f
->top_pos
, 0);
9343 /* Since we don't know which revision of X we're running, we'll use both
9344 the X11R3 and X11R4 techniques. I don't know if this is a good idea. */
9346 /* X11R4: send a ClientMessage to the window manager using the
9347 WM_CHANGE_STATE type. */
9351 message
.xclient
.window
= FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
);
9352 message
.xclient
.type
= ClientMessage
;
9353 message
.xclient
.message_type
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->Xatom_wm_change_state
;
9354 message
.xclient
.format
= 32;
9355 message
.xclient
.data
.l
[0] = IconicState
;
9357 if (! XSendEvent (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
9358 DefaultRootWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
)),
9360 SubstructureRedirectMask
| SubstructureNotifyMask
,
9363 UNBLOCK_INPUT_RESIGNAL
;
9364 error ("Can't notify window manager of iconification");
9368 /* X11R3: set the initial_state field of the window manager hints to
9370 x_wm_set_window_state (f
, IconicState
);
9372 if (!FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
))
9374 /* If the frame was withdrawn, before, we must map it. */
9375 XMapRaised (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
));
9378 f
->async_iconified
= 1;
9379 f
->async_visible
= 0;
9381 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
9383 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9387 /* Free X resources of frame F. */
9390 x_free_frame_resources (struct frame
*f
)
9392 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
9394 struct scroll_bar
*b
;
9395 Mouse_HLInfo
*hlinfo
= &dpyinfo
->mouse_highlight
;
9399 /* If a display connection is dead, don't try sending more
9400 commands to the X server. */
9401 if (dpyinfo
->display
)
9403 /* We must free faces before destroying windows because some
9404 font-driver (e.g. xft) access a window while finishing a
9406 if (FRAME_FACE_CACHE (f
))
9407 free_frame_faces (f
);
9409 if (f
->output_data
.x
->icon_desc
)
9410 XDestroyWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), f
->output_data
.x
->icon_desc
);
9412 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9413 /* Explicitly destroy the scroll bars of the frame. Without
9414 this, we get "BadDrawable" errors from the toolkit later on,
9415 presumably from expose events generated for the disappearing
9416 toolkit scroll bars. */
9417 for (bar
= FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f
); !NILP (bar
); bar
= b
->next
)
9419 b
= XSCROLL_BAR (bar
);
9420 x_scroll_bar_remove (b
);
9429 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9430 if (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
)
9432 XtDestroyWidget (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
);
9433 f
->output_data
.x
->widget
= NULL
;
9435 /* Tooltips don't have widgets, only a simple X window, even if
9436 we are using a toolkit. */
9437 else if (FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
))
9438 XDestroyWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
));
9440 free_frame_menubar (f
);
9441 #else /* !USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9444 xg_free_frame_widgets (f
);
9445 #endif /* USE_GTK */
9447 if (FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
))
9448 XDestroyWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
));
9449 #endif /* !USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9451 unload_color (f
, FRAME_FOREGROUND_PIXEL (f
));
9452 unload_color (f
, FRAME_BACKGROUND_PIXEL (f
));
9453 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_pixel
);
9454 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_foreground_pixel
);
9455 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->border_pixel
);
9456 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->mouse_pixel
);
9458 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_background_pixel
!= -1)
9459 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_background_pixel
);
9460 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
!= -1)
9461 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
);
9462 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
9463 /* Scrollbar shadow colors. */
9464 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_top_shadow_pixel
!= -1)
9465 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_top_shadow_pixel
);
9466 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_bottom_shadow_pixel
!= -1)
9467 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_bottom_shadow_pixel
);
9468 #endif /* USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
9469 if (f
->output_data
.x
->white_relief
.allocated_p
)
9470 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->white_relief
.pixel
);
9471 if (f
->output_data
.x
->black_relief
.allocated_p
)
9472 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->black_relief
.pixel
);
9475 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
9478 xfree (f
->output_data
.x
->saved_menu_event
);
9479 xfree (f
->output_data
.x
);
9480 f
->output_data
.x
= NULL
;
9482 if (f
== dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
)
9483 dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
= 0;
9484 if (f
== dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
)
9485 dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
= 0;
9486 if (f
== dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
)
9487 dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
= 0;
9489 if (f
== hlinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
)
9491 hlinfo
->mouse_face_beg_row
9492 = hlinfo
->mouse_face_beg_col
= -1;
9493 hlinfo
->mouse_face_end_row
9494 = hlinfo
->mouse_face_end_col
= -1;
9495 hlinfo
->mouse_face_window
= Qnil
;
9496 hlinfo
->mouse_face_deferred_gc
= 0;
9497 hlinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
= 0;
9504 /* Destroy the X window of frame F. */
9507 x_destroy_window (struct frame
*f
)
9509 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
9511 /* If a display connection is dead, don't try sending more
9512 commands to the X server. */
9513 if (dpyinfo
->display
!= 0)
9514 x_free_frame_resources (f
);
9516 dpyinfo
->reference_count
--;
9520 /* Setting window manager hints. */
9522 /* Set the normal size hints for the window manager, for frame F.
9523 FLAGS is the flags word to use--or 0 meaning preserve the flags
9524 that the window now has.
9525 If USER_POSITION is nonzero, we set the USPosition
9526 flag (this is useful when FLAGS is 0).
9527 The GTK version is in gtkutils.c */
9531 x_wm_set_size_hint (struct frame
*f
, long flags
, int user_position
)
9533 XSizeHints size_hints
;
9534 Window window
= FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
);
9536 /* Setting PMaxSize caused various problems. */
9537 size_hints
.flags
= PResizeInc
| PMinSize
/* | PMaxSize */;
9539 size_hints
.x
= f
->left_pos
;
9540 size_hints
.y
= f
->top_pos
;
9542 size_hints
.height
= FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
);
9543 size_hints
.width
= FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
);
9545 size_hints
.width_inc
= FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
);
9546 size_hints
.height_inc
= FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
);
9547 size_hints
.max_width
= x_display_pixel_width (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
))
9548 - FRAME_TEXT_COLS_TO_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
, 0);
9549 size_hints
.max_height
= x_display_pixel_height (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
))
9550 - FRAME_TEXT_LINES_TO_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
, 0);
9552 /* Calculate the base and minimum sizes. */
9554 int base_width
, base_height
;
9555 int min_rows
= 0, min_cols
= 0;
9557 base_width
= FRAME_TEXT_COLS_TO_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
, 0);
9558 base_height
= FRAME_TEXT_LINES_TO_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
, 0);
9560 check_frame_size (f
, &min_rows
, &min_cols
);
9562 /* The window manager uses the base width hints to calculate the
9563 current number of rows and columns in the frame while
9564 resizing; min_width and min_height aren't useful for this
9565 purpose, since they might not give the dimensions for a
9566 zero-row, zero-column frame.
9568 We use the base_width and base_height members if we have
9569 them; otherwise, we set the min_width and min_height members
9570 to the size for a zero x zero frame. */
9572 size_hints
.flags
|= PBaseSize
;
9573 size_hints
.base_width
= base_width
;
9574 size_hints
.base_height
= base_height
+ FRAME_MENUBAR_HEIGHT (f
);
9575 size_hints
.min_width
= base_width
+ min_cols
* size_hints
.width_inc
;
9576 size_hints
.min_height
= base_height
+ min_rows
* size_hints
.height_inc
;
9579 /* If we don't need the old flags, we don't need the old hint at all. */
9582 size_hints
.flags
|= flags
;
9587 XSizeHints hints
; /* Sometimes I hate X Windows... */
9588 long supplied_return
;
9591 value
= XGetWMNormalHints (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), window
, &hints
,
9595 size_hints
.flags
|= flags
;
9600 if (hints
.flags
& PSize
)
9601 size_hints
.flags
|= PSize
;
9602 if (hints
.flags
& PPosition
)
9603 size_hints
.flags
|= PPosition
;
9604 if (hints
.flags
& USPosition
)
9605 size_hints
.flags
|= USPosition
;
9606 if (hints
.flags
& USSize
)
9607 size_hints
.flags
|= USSize
;
9614 size_hints
.win_gravity
= f
->win_gravity
;
9615 size_hints
.flags
|= PWinGravity
;
9619 size_hints
.flags
&= ~ PPosition
;
9620 size_hints
.flags
|= USPosition
;
9622 #endif /* PWinGravity */
9624 XSetWMNormalHints (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), window
, &size_hints
);
9626 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
9628 /* Used for IconicState or NormalState */
9631 x_wm_set_window_state (struct frame
*f
, int state
)
9633 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9636 XtSetArg (al
[0], XtNinitialState
, state
);
9637 XtSetValues (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
, al
, 1);
9638 #else /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9639 Window window
= FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
);
9641 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.flags
|= StateHint
;
9642 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.initial_state
= state
;
9644 XSetWMHints (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), window
, &f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
);
9645 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9649 x_wm_set_icon_pixmap (struct frame
*f
, int pixmap_id
)
9651 Pixmap icon_pixmap
, icon_mask
;
9653 #if !defined USE_X_TOOLKIT && !defined USE_GTK
9654 Window window
= FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
);
9659 icon_pixmap
= x_bitmap_pixmap (f
, pixmap_id
);
9660 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.icon_pixmap
= icon_pixmap
;
9661 icon_mask
= x_bitmap_mask (f
, pixmap_id
);
9662 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.icon_mask
= icon_mask
;
9666 /* It seems there is no way to turn off use of an icon
9674 xg_set_frame_icon (f
, icon_pixmap
, icon_mask
);
9678 #elif defined (USE_X_TOOLKIT) /* same as in x_wm_set_window_state. */
9682 XtSetArg (al
[0], XtNiconPixmap
, icon_pixmap
);
9683 XtSetValues (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
, al
, 1);
9684 XtSetArg (al
[0], XtNiconMask
, icon_mask
);
9685 XtSetValues (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
, al
, 1);
9688 #else /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT && not USE_GTK */
9690 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.flags
|= (IconPixmapHint
| IconMaskHint
);
9691 XSetWMHints (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), window
, &f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
);
9693 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT && not USE_GTK */
9697 x_wm_set_icon_position (struct frame
*f
, int icon_x
, int icon_y
)
9699 Window window
= FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
);
9701 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.flags
|= IconPositionHint
;
9702 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.icon_x
= icon_x
;
9703 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.icon_y
= icon_y
;
9705 XSetWMHints (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), window
, &f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
);
9709 /***********************************************************************
9711 ***********************************************************************/
9715 /* Check that FONT is valid on frame F. It is if it can be found in F's
9719 x_check_font (struct frame
*f
, struct font
*font
)
9723 xassert (font
!= NULL
&& ! NILP (font
->props
[FONT_TYPE_INDEX
]));
9724 if (font
->driver
->check
)
9725 xassert (font
->driver
->check (f
, font
) == 0);
9728 #endif /* GLYPH_DEBUG != 0 */
9731 /***********************************************************************
9733 ***********************************************************************/
9735 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9736 static XrmOptionDescRec emacs_options
[] = {
9737 {"-geometry", ".geometry", XrmoptionSepArg
, NULL
},
9738 {"-iconic", ".iconic", XrmoptionNoArg
, (XtPointer
) "yes"},
9740 {"-internal-border-width", "*EmacsScreen.internalBorderWidth",
9741 XrmoptionSepArg
, NULL
},
9742 {"-ib", "*EmacsScreen.internalBorderWidth", XrmoptionSepArg
, NULL
},
9744 {"-T", "*EmacsShell.title", XrmoptionSepArg
, (XtPointer
) NULL
},
9745 {"-wn", "*EmacsShell.title", XrmoptionSepArg
, (XtPointer
) NULL
},
9746 {"-title", "*EmacsShell.title", XrmoptionSepArg
, (XtPointer
) NULL
},
9747 {"-iconname", "*EmacsShell.iconName", XrmoptionSepArg
, (XtPointer
) NULL
},
9748 {"-in", "*EmacsShell.iconName", XrmoptionSepArg
, (XtPointer
) NULL
},
9749 {"-mc", "*pointerColor", XrmoptionSepArg
, (XtPointer
) NULL
},
9750 {"-cr", "*cursorColor", XrmoptionSepArg
, (XtPointer
) NULL
}
9753 /* Whether atimer for Xt timeouts is activated or not. */
9755 static int x_timeout_atimer_activated_flag
;
9757 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9759 static int x_initialized
;
9762 static int x_session_initialized
;
9765 /* Test whether two display-name strings agree up to the dot that separates
9766 the screen number from the server number. */
9768 same_x_server (const char *name1
, const char *name2
)
9771 const unsigned char *system_name
= SDATA (Vsystem_name
);
9772 int system_name_length
= strlen (system_name
);
9773 int length_until_period
= 0;
9775 while (system_name
[length_until_period
] != 0
9776 && system_name
[length_until_period
] != '.')
9777 length_until_period
++;
9779 /* Treat `unix' like an empty host name. */
9780 if (! strncmp (name1
, "unix:", 5))
9782 if (! strncmp (name2
, "unix:", 5))
9784 /* Treat this host's name like an empty host name. */
9785 if (! strncmp (name1
, system_name
, system_name_length
)
9786 && name1
[system_name_length
] == ':')
9787 name1
+= system_name_length
;
9788 if (! strncmp (name2
, system_name
, system_name_length
)
9789 && name2
[system_name_length
] == ':')
9790 name2
+= system_name_length
;
9791 /* Treat this host's domainless name like an empty host name. */
9792 if (! strncmp (name1
, system_name
, length_until_period
)
9793 && name1
[length_until_period
] == ':')
9794 name1
+= length_until_period
;
9795 if (! strncmp (name2
, system_name
, length_until_period
)
9796 && name2
[length_until_period
] == ':')
9797 name2
+= length_until_period
;
9799 for (; *name1
!= '\0' && *name1
== *name2
; name1
++, name2
++)
9803 if (seen_colon
&& *name1
== '.')
9807 && (*name1
== '.' || *name1
== '\0')
9808 && (*name2
== '.' || *name2
== '\0'));
9811 /* Count number of set bits in mask and number of bits to shift to
9812 get to the first bit. With MASK 0x7e0, *BITS is set to 6, and *OFFSET
9815 get_bits_and_offset (long unsigned int mask
, int *bits
, int *offset
)
9836 /* Return 1 if display DISPLAY is available for use, 0 otherwise.
9837 But don't permanently open it, just test its availability. */
9840 x_display_ok (const char *display
)
9845 dpy
= XOpenDisplay (display
);
9847 XCloseDisplay (dpy
);
9855 my_log_handler (const gchar
*log_domain
, GLogLevelFlags log_level
, const gchar
*message
, gpointer user_data
)
9857 if (!strstr (message
, "g_set_prgname"))
9858 fprintf (stderr
, "%s-WARNING **: %s\n", log_domain
, message
);
9862 /* Open a connection to X display DISPLAY_NAME, and return
9863 the structure that describes the open display.
9864 If we cannot contact the display, return null. */
9866 struct x_display_info
*
9867 x_term_init (Lisp_Object display_name
, char *xrm_option
, char *resource_name
)
9871 struct terminal
*terminal
;
9872 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
9874 Mouse_HLInfo
*hlinfo
;
9884 if (! x_display_ok (SDATA (display_name
)))
9885 error ("Display %s can't be opened", SDATA (display_name
));
9891 char *argv
[NUM_ARGV
];
9892 char **argv2
= argv
;
9895 if (x_initialized
++ > 1)
9897 xg_display_open (SDATA (display_name
), &dpy
);
9901 static char display_opt
[] = "--display";
9902 static char name_opt
[] = "--name";
9904 for (argc
= 0; argc
< NUM_ARGV
; ++argc
)
9908 argv
[argc
++] = initial_argv
[0];
9910 if (! NILP (display_name
))
9912 argv
[argc
++] = display_opt
;
9913 argv
[argc
++] = SDATA (display_name
);
9916 argv
[argc
++] = name_opt
;
9917 argv
[argc
++] = resource_name
;
9919 XSetLocaleModifiers ("");
9921 /* Work around GLib bug that outputs a faulty warning. See
9922 https://bugzilla.gnome.org/show_bug.cgi?id=563627. */
9923 id
= g_log_set_handler ("GLib", G_LOG_LEVEL_WARNING
| G_LOG_FLAG_FATAL
9924 | G_LOG_FLAG_RECURSION
, my_log_handler
, NULL
);
9925 gtk_init (&argc
, &argv2
);
9926 g_log_remove_handler ("GLib", id
);
9928 /* gtk_init does set_locale. We must fix locale after calling it. */
9932 dpy
= GDK_DISPLAY ();
9934 /* NULL window -> events for all windows go to our function */
9935 gdk_window_add_filter (NULL
, event_handler_gdk
, NULL
);
9937 /* Load our own gtkrc if it exists. */
9939 const char *file
= "~/.emacs.d/gtkrc";
9940 Lisp_Object s
, abs_file
;
9942 s
= make_string (file
, strlen (file
));
9943 abs_file
= Fexpand_file_name (s
, Qnil
);
9945 if (! NILP (abs_file
) && !NILP (Ffile_readable_p (abs_file
)))
9946 gtk_rc_parse (SDATA (abs_file
));
9949 XSetErrorHandler (x_error_handler
);
9950 XSetIOErrorHandler (x_io_error_quitter
);
9953 #else /* not USE_GTK */
9954 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9955 /* weiner@footloose.sps.mot.com reports that this causes
9957 X protocol error: BadAtom (invalid Atom parameter)
9958 on protocol request 18skiloaf.
9959 So let's not use it until R6. */
9961 XtSetLanguageProc (NULL
, NULL
, NULL
);
9972 argv
[argc
++] = "-xrm";
9973 argv
[argc
++] = xrm_option
;
9975 turn_on_atimers (0);
9976 dpy
= XtOpenDisplay (Xt_app_con
, SDATA (display_name
),
9977 resource_name
, EMACS_CLASS
,
9978 emacs_options
, XtNumber (emacs_options
),
9980 turn_on_atimers (1);
9983 /* I think this is to compensate for XtSetLanguageProc. */
9988 #else /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9989 XSetLocaleModifiers ("");
9990 dpy
= XOpenDisplay (SDATA (display_name
));
9991 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9992 #endif /* not USE_GTK*/
9994 /* Detect failure. */
10001 /* We have definitely succeeded. Record the new connection. */
10003 dpyinfo
= (struct x_display_info
*) xmalloc (sizeof (struct x_display_info
));
10004 memset (dpyinfo
, 0, sizeof *dpyinfo
);
10005 hlinfo
= &dpyinfo
->mouse_highlight
;
10007 terminal
= x_create_terminal (dpyinfo
);
10010 struct x_display_info
*share
;
10013 for (share
= x_display_list
, tail
= x_display_name_list
; share
;
10014 share
= share
->next
, tail
= XCDR (tail
))
10015 if (same_x_server (SDATA (XCAR (XCAR (tail
))),
10016 SDATA (display_name
)))
10019 terminal
->kboard
= share
->terminal
->kboard
;
10022 terminal
->kboard
= (KBOARD
*) xmalloc (sizeof (KBOARD
));
10023 init_kboard (terminal
->kboard
);
10024 terminal
->kboard
->Vwindow_system
= Qx
;
10026 /* Add the keyboard to the list before running Lisp code (via
10027 Qvendor_specific_keysyms below), since these are not traced
10028 via terminals but only through all_kboards. */
10029 terminal
->kboard
->next_kboard
= all_kboards
;
10030 all_kboards
= terminal
->kboard
;
10032 if (!EQ (XSYMBOL (Qvendor_specific_keysyms
)->function
, Qunbound
))
10034 char *vendor
= ServerVendor (dpy
);
10036 /* Protect terminal from GC before removing it from the
10037 list of terminals. */
10038 struct gcpro gcpro1
;
10039 Lisp_Object gcpro_term
;
10040 XSETTERMINAL (gcpro_term
, terminal
);
10041 GCPRO1 (gcpro_term
);
10043 /* Temporarily hide the partially initialized terminal. */
10044 terminal_list
= terminal
->next_terminal
;
10046 terminal
->kboard
->Vsystem_key_alist
10047 = call1 (Qvendor_specific_keysyms
,
10048 vendor
? build_string (vendor
) : empty_unibyte_string
);
10050 terminal
->next_terminal
= terminal_list
;
10051 terminal_list
= terminal
;
10055 /* Don't let the initial kboard remain current longer than necessary.
10056 That would cause problems if a file loaded on startup tries to
10057 prompt in the mini-buffer. */
10058 if (current_kboard
== initial_kboard
)
10059 current_kboard
= terminal
->kboard
;
10061 terminal
->kboard
->reference_count
++;
10064 /* Put this display on the chain. */
10065 dpyinfo
->next
= x_display_list
;
10066 x_display_list
= dpyinfo
;
10068 /* Put it on x_display_name_list as well, to keep them parallel. */
10069 x_display_name_list
= Fcons (Fcons (display_name
, Qnil
),
10070 x_display_name_list
);
10071 dpyinfo
->name_list_element
= XCAR (x_display_name_list
);
10073 dpyinfo
->display
= dpy
;
10075 /* Set the name of the terminal. */
10076 terminal
->name
= (char *) xmalloc (SBYTES (display_name
) + 1);
10077 strncpy (terminal
->name
, SDATA (display_name
), SBYTES (display_name
));
10078 terminal
->name
[SBYTES (display_name
)] = 0;
10081 XSetAfterFunction (x_current_display
, x_trace_wire
);
10085 = (char *) xmalloc (SBYTES (Vinvocation_name
)
10086 + SBYTES (Vsystem_name
)
10088 sprintf (dpyinfo
->x_id_name
, "%s@%s",
10089 SDATA (Vinvocation_name
), SDATA (Vsystem_name
));
10091 /* Figure out which modifier bits mean what. */
10092 x_find_modifier_meanings (dpyinfo
);
10094 /* Get the scroll bar cursor. */
10096 /* We must create a GTK cursor, it is required for GTK widgets. */
10097 dpyinfo
->xg_cursor
= xg_create_default_cursor (dpyinfo
->display
);
10098 #endif /* USE_GTK */
10100 dpyinfo
->vertical_scroll_bar_cursor
10101 = XCreateFontCursor (dpyinfo
->display
, XC_sb_v_double_arrow
);
10103 xrdb
= x_load_resources (dpyinfo
->display
, xrm_option
,
10104 resource_name
, EMACS_CLASS
);
10105 #ifdef HAVE_XRMSETDATABASE
10106 XrmSetDatabase (dpyinfo
->display
, xrdb
);
10108 dpyinfo
->display
->db
= xrdb
;
10110 /* Put the rdb where we can find it in a way that works on
10112 dpyinfo
->xrdb
= xrdb
;
10114 dpyinfo
->screen
= ScreenOfDisplay (dpyinfo
->display
,
10115 DefaultScreen (dpyinfo
->display
));
10116 select_visual (dpyinfo
);
10117 dpyinfo
->cmap
= DefaultColormapOfScreen (dpyinfo
->screen
);
10118 dpyinfo
->root_window
= RootWindowOfScreen (dpyinfo
->screen
);
10119 dpyinfo
->client_leader_window
= 0;
10120 dpyinfo
->grabbed
= 0;
10121 dpyinfo
->reference_count
= 0;
10122 dpyinfo
->icon_bitmap_id
= -1;
10123 dpyinfo
->n_fonts
= 0;
10124 dpyinfo
->bitmaps
= 0;
10125 dpyinfo
->bitmaps_size
= 0;
10126 dpyinfo
->bitmaps_last
= 0;
10127 dpyinfo
->scratch_cursor_gc
= 0;
10128 hlinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
= 0;
10129 hlinfo
->mouse_face_deferred_gc
= 0;
10130 hlinfo
->mouse_face_beg_row
= hlinfo
->mouse_face_beg_col
= -1;
10131 hlinfo
->mouse_face_end_row
= hlinfo
->mouse_face_end_col
= -1;
10132 hlinfo
->mouse_face_face_id
= DEFAULT_FACE_ID
;
10133 hlinfo
->mouse_face_window
= Qnil
;
10134 hlinfo
->mouse_face_overlay
= Qnil
;
10135 hlinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_x
= hlinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_y
= 0;
10136 hlinfo
->mouse_face_defer
= 0;
10137 hlinfo
->mouse_face_hidden
= 0;
10138 dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
= 0;
10139 dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
= 0;
10140 dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
= 0;
10141 dpyinfo
->wm_type
= X_WMTYPE_UNKNOWN
;
10143 /* See if we can construct pixel values from RGB values. */
10144 dpyinfo
->red_bits
= dpyinfo
->blue_bits
= dpyinfo
->green_bits
= 0;
10145 dpyinfo
->red_offset
= dpyinfo
->blue_offset
= dpyinfo
->green_offset
= 0;
10147 if (dpyinfo
->visual
->class == TrueColor
)
10149 get_bits_and_offset (dpyinfo
->visual
->red_mask
,
10150 &dpyinfo
->red_bits
, &dpyinfo
->red_offset
);
10151 get_bits_and_offset (dpyinfo
->visual
->blue_mask
,
10152 &dpyinfo
->blue_bits
, &dpyinfo
->blue_offset
);
10153 get_bits_and_offset (dpyinfo
->visual
->green_mask
,
10154 &dpyinfo
->green_bits
, &dpyinfo
->green_offset
);
10157 /* See if a private colormap is requested. */
10158 if (dpyinfo
->visual
== DefaultVisualOfScreen (dpyinfo
->screen
))
10160 if (dpyinfo
->visual
->class == PseudoColor
)
10163 value
= display_x_get_resource (dpyinfo
,
10164 build_string ("privateColormap"),
10165 build_string ("PrivateColormap"),
10167 if (STRINGP (value
)
10168 && (!strcmp (SDATA (value
), "true")
10169 || !strcmp (SDATA (value
), "on")))
10170 dpyinfo
->cmap
= XCopyColormapAndFree (dpyinfo
->display
, dpyinfo
->cmap
);
10174 dpyinfo
->cmap
= XCreateColormap (dpyinfo
->display
, dpyinfo
->root_window
,
10175 dpyinfo
->visual
, AllocNone
);
10179 /* If we are using Xft, check dpi value in X resources.
10180 It is better we use it as well, since Xft will use it, as will all
10181 Gnome applications. If our real DPI is smaller or larger than the
10182 one Xft uses, our font will look smaller or larger than other
10183 for other applications, even if it is the same font name (monospace-10
10185 char *v
= XGetDefault (dpyinfo
->display
, "Xft", "dpi");
10187 if (v
!= NULL
&& sscanf (v
, "%lf", &d
) == 1)
10188 dpyinfo
->resy
= dpyinfo
->resx
= d
;
10192 if (dpyinfo
->resy
< 1)
10194 int screen_number
= XScreenNumberOfScreen (dpyinfo
->screen
);
10195 double pixels
= DisplayHeight (dpyinfo
->display
, screen_number
);
10196 double mm
= DisplayHeightMM (dpyinfo
->display
, screen_number
);
10197 /* Mac OS X 10.3's Xserver sometimes reports 0.0mm. */
10198 dpyinfo
->resy
= (mm
< 1) ? 100 : pixels
* 25.4 / mm
;
10199 pixels
= DisplayWidth (dpyinfo
->display
, screen_number
);
10200 mm
= DisplayWidthMM (dpyinfo
->display
, screen_number
);
10201 /* Mac OS X 10.3's Xserver sometimes reports 0.0mm. */
10202 dpyinfo
->resx
= (mm
< 1) ? 100 : pixels
* 25.4 / mm
;
10211 { "WM_PROTOCOLS", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_protocols
},
10212 { "WM_TAKE_FOCUS", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_take_focus
},
10213 { "WM_SAVE_YOURSELF", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_save_yourself
},
10214 { "WM_DELETE_WINDOW", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_delete_window
},
10215 { "WM_CHANGE_STATE", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_change_state
},
10216 { "WM_CONFIGURE_DENIED", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_configure_denied
},
10217 { "WM_MOVED", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_window_moved
},
10218 { "WM_CLIENT_LEADER", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_client_leader
},
10219 { "Editres", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_editres
},
10220 { "CLIPBOARD", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_CLIPBOARD
},
10221 { "TIMESTAMP", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_TIMESTAMP
},
10222 { "TEXT", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_TEXT
},
10223 { "COMPOUND_TEXT", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_COMPOUND_TEXT
},
10224 { "UTF8_STRING", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_UTF8_STRING
},
10225 { "DELETE", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_DELETE
},
10226 { "MULTIPLE", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_MULTIPLE
},
10227 { "INCR", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_INCR
},
10228 { "_EMACS_TMP_", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_EMACS_TMP
},
10229 { "TARGETS", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_TARGETS
},
10230 { "NULL", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_NULL
},
10231 { "ATOM_PAIR", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_ATOM_PAIR
},
10232 { "_XEMBED_INFO", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_XEMBED_INFO
},
10233 /* For properties of font. */
10234 { "PIXEL_SIZE", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_PIXEL_SIZE
},
10235 { "AVERAGE_WIDTH", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_AVERAGE_WIDTH
},
10236 { "_MULE_BASELINE_OFFSET", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_MULE_BASELINE_OFFSET
},
10237 { "_MULE_RELATIVE_COMPOSE", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_MULE_RELATIVE_COMPOSE
},
10238 { "_MULE_DEFAULT_ASCENT", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_MULE_DEFAULT_ASCENT
},
10239 /* Ghostscript support. */
10240 { "DONE", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_DONE
},
10241 { "PAGE", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_PAGE
},
10242 { "SCROLLBAR", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_Scrollbar
},
10243 { "_XEMBED", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_XEMBED
},
10245 { "_NET_WM_STATE", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state
},
10246 { "_NET_WM_STATE_FULLSCREEN", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_fullscreen
},
10247 { "_NET_WM_STATE_MAXIMIZED_HORZ",
10248 &dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_horz
},
10249 { "_NET_WM_STATE_MAXIMIZED_VERT",
10250 &dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_vert
},
10251 { "_NET_WM_STATE_STICKY", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_sticky
},
10252 { "_NET_WM_WINDOW_TYPE", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_window_type
},
10253 { "_NET_WM_WINDOW_TYPE_TOOLTIP",
10254 &dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_window_type_tooltip
},
10255 { "_NET_WM_ICON_NAME", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_icon_name
},
10256 { "_NET_WM_NAME", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_name
},
10257 { "_NET_SUPPORTED", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_supported
},
10258 { "_NET_SUPPORTING_WM_CHECK", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_supporting_wm_check
},
10259 { "_NET_WM_WINDOW_OPACITY", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_window_opacity
},
10260 { "_NET_ACTIVE_WINDOW", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_active_window
},
10261 { "_NET_FRAME_EXTENTS", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_frame_extents
},
10262 /* Session management */
10263 { "SM_CLIENT_ID", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_SM_CLIENT_ID
},
10264 { "_XSETTINGS_SETTINGS", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_xsettings_prop
},
10265 { "MANAGER", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_xsettings_mgr
},
10269 const int atom_count
= sizeof (atom_refs
) / sizeof (atom_refs
[0]);
10270 /* 1 for _XSETTINGS_SN */
10271 const int total_atom_count
= 1 + atom_count
;
10272 Atom
*atoms_return
= xmalloc (sizeof (Atom
) * total_atom_count
);
10273 char **atom_names
= xmalloc (sizeof (char *) * total_atom_count
);
10274 char xsettings_atom_name
[64];
10276 for (i
= 0; i
< atom_count
; i
++)
10277 atom_names
[i
] = (char *) atom_refs
[i
].name
;
10279 /* Build _XSETTINGS_SN atom name */
10280 snprintf (xsettings_atom_name
, sizeof (xsettings_atom_name
),
10281 "_XSETTINGS_S%d", XScreenNumberOfScreen (dpyinfo
->screen
));
10282 atom_names
[i
] = xsettings_atom_name
;
10284 XInternAtoms (dpyinfo
->display
, atom_names
, total_atom_count
,
10285 False
, atoms_return
);
10287 for (i
= 0; i
< atom_count
; i
++)
10288 *atom_refs
[i
].atom
= atoms_return
[i
];
10290 /* Manual copy of last atom */
10291 dpyinfo
->Xatom_xsettings_sel
= atoms_return
[i
];
10293 xfree (atom_names
);
10294 xfree (atoms_return
);
10297 dpyinfo
->x_dnd_atoms_size
= 8;
10298 dpyinfo
->x_dnd_atoms_length
= 0;
10299 dpyinfo
->x_dnd_atoms
= xmalloc (sizeof (*dpyinfo
->x_dnd_atoms
)
10300 * dpyinfo
->x_dnd_atoms_size
);
10302 dpyinfo
->net_supported_atoms
= NULL
;
10303 dpyinfo
->nr_net_supported_atoms
= 0;
10304 dpyinfo
->net_supported_window
= 0;
10306 connection
= ConnectionNumber (dpyinfo
->display
);
10307 dpyinfo
->connection
= connection
;
10311 = XCreatePixmapFromBitmapData (dpyinfo
->display
, dpyinfo
->root_window
,
10313 gray_bitmap_width
, gray_bitmap_height
,
10314 (unsigned long) 1, (unsigned long) 0, 1);
10318 xim_initialize (dpyinfo
, resource_name
);
10321 xsettings_initialize (dpyinfo
);
10323 /* This is only needed for distinguishing keyboard and process input. */
10324 if (connection
!= 0)
10325 add_keyboard_wait_descriptor (connection
);
10328 fcntl (connection
, F_SETOWN
, getpid ());
10329 #endif /* ! defined (F_SETOWN) */
10332 if (interrupt_input
)
10333 init_sigio (connection
);
10334 #endif /* ! defined (SIGIO) */
10338 Display
*dpy
= dpyinfo
->display
;
10339 XrmValue d
, fr
, to
;
10342 d
.addr
= (XPointer
)&dpy
;
10343 d
.size
= sizeof (Display
*);
10344 fr
.addr
= XtDefaultFont
;
10345 fr
.size
= sizeof (XtDefaultFont
);
10346 to
.size
= sizeof (Font
*);
10347 to
.addr
= (XPointer
)&font
;
10348 x_catch_errors (dpy
);
10349 if (!XtCallConverter (dpy
, XtCvtStringToFont
, &d
, 1, &fr
, &to
, NULL
))
10351 if (x_had_errors_p (dpy
) || !XQueryFont (dpy
, font
))
10352 XrmPutLineResource (&xrdb
, "Emacs.dialog.*.font: 9x15");
10353 x_uncatch_errors ();
10357 /* See if we should run in synchronous mode. This is useful
10358 for debugging X code. */
10361 value
= display_x_get_resource (dpyinfo
,
10362 build_string ("synchronous"),
10363 build_string ("Synchronous"),
10365 if (STRINGP (value
)
10366 && (!strcmp (SDATA (value
), "true")
10367 || !strcmp (SDATA (value
), "on")))
10368 XSynchronize (dpyinfo
->display
, True
);
10373 value
= display_x_get_resource (dpyinfo
,
10374 build_string ("useXIM"),
10375 build_string ("UseXIM"),
10378 if (STRINGP (value
)
10379 && (!strcmp (SDATA (value
), "false")
10380 || !strcmp (SDATA (value
), "off")))
10383 if (STRINGP (value
)
10384 && (!strcmp (SDATA (value
), "true")
10385 || !strcmp (SDATA (value
), "on")))
10391 /* Only do this for the very first display in the Emacs session.
10392 Ignore X session management when Emacs was first started on a
10394 if (terminal
->id
== 1)
10395 x_session_initialize (dpyinfo
);
10403 /* Get rid of display DPYINFO, deleting all frames on it,
10404 and without sending any more commands to the X server. */
10407 x_delete_display (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
)
10409 struct terminal
*t
;
10411 /* Close all frames and delete the generic struct terminal for this
10413 for (t
= terminal_list
; t
; t
= t
->next_terminal
)
10414 if (t
->type
== output_x_window
&& t
->display_info
.x
== dpyinfo
)
10417 /* Close X session management when we close its display. */
10418 if (t
->id
== 1 && x_session_have_connection ())
10419 x_session_close ();
10421 delete_terminal (t
);
10425 delete_keyboard_wait_descriptor (dpyinfo
->connection
);
10427 /* Discard this display from x_display_name_list and x_display_list.
10428 We can't use Fdelq because that can quit. */
10429 if (! NILP (x_display_name_list
)
10430 && EQ (XCAR (x_display_name_list
), dpyinfo
->name_list_element
))
10431 x_display_name_list
= XCDR (x_display_name_list
);
10436 tail
= x_display_name_list
;
10437 while (CONSP (tail
) && CONSP (XCDR (tail
)))
10439 if (EQ (XCAR (XCDR (tail
)), dpyinfo
->name_list_element
))
10441 XSETCDR (tail
, XCDR (XCDR (tail
)));
10444 tail
= XCDR (tail
);
10448 if (next_noop_dpyinfo
== dpyinfo
)
10449 next_noop_dpyinfo
= dpyinfo
->next
;
10451 if (x_display_list
== dpyinfo
)
10452 x_display_list
= dpyinfo
->next
;
10455 struct x_display_info
*tail
;
10457 for (tail
= x_display_list
; tail
; tail
= tail
->next
)
10458 if (tail
->next
== dpyinfo
)
10459 tail
->next
= tail
->next
->next
;
10462 xfree (dpyinfo
->x_id_name
);
10463 xfree (dpyinfo
->x_dnd_atoms
);
10464 xfree (dpyinfo
->color_cells
);
10468 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
10470 /* Atimer callback function for TIMER. Called every 0.1s to process
10471 Xt timeouts, if needed. We must avoid calling XtAppPending as
10472 much as possible because that function does an implicit XFlush
10473 that slows us down. */
10476 x_process_timeouts (struct atimer
*timer
)
10479 x_timeout_atimer_activated_flag
= 0;
10480 if (toolkit_scroll_bar_interaction
|| popup_activated ())
10482 while (XtAppPending (Xt_app_con
) & XtIMTimer
)
10483 XtAppProcessEvent (Xt_app_con
, XtIMTimer
);
10484 /* Reactivate the atimer for next time. */
10485 x_activate_timeout_atimer ();
10490 /* Install an asynchronous timer that processes Xt timeout events
10491 every 0.1s as long as either `toolkit_scroll_bar_interaction' or
10492 `popup_activated_flag' (in xmenu.c) is set. Make sure to call this
10493 function whenever these variables are set. This is necessary
10494 because some widget sets use timeouts internally, for example the
10495 LessTif menu bar, or the Xaw3d scroll bar. When Xt timeouts aren't
10496 processed, these widgets don't behave normally. */
10499 x_activate_timeout_atimer (void)
10502 if (!x_timeout_atimer_activated_flag
)
10504 EMACS_TIME interval
;
10506 EMACS_SET_SECS_USECS (interval
, 0, 100000);
10507 start_atimer (ATIMER_RELATIVE
, interval
, x_process_timeouts
, 0);
10508 x_timeout_atimer_activated_flag
= 1;
10513 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
10516 /* Set up use of X before we make the first connection. */
10518 extern frame_parm_handler x_frame_parm_handlers
[];
10520 static struct redisplay_interface x_redisplay_interface
=
10522 x_frame_parm_handlers
,
10526 x_clear_end_of_line
,
10528 x_after_update_window_line
,
10529 x_update_window_begin
,
10530 x_update_window_end
,
10536 0, /* flush_display_optional */
10538 x_clear_window_mouse_face
,
10539 x_get_glyph_overhangs
,
10540 x_fix_overlapping_area
,
10541 x_draw_fringe_bitmap
,
10542 0, /* define_fringe_bitmap */
10543 0, /* destroy_fringe_bitmap */
10544 x_compute_glyph_string_overhangs
,
10545 x_draw_glyph_string
,
10546 x_define_frame_cursor
,
10547 x_clear_frame_area
,
10548 x_draw_window_cursor
,
10549 x_draw_vertical_window_border
,
10550 x_shift_glyphs_for_insert
10554 /* This function is called when the last frame on a display is deleted. */
10556 x_delete_terminal (struct terminal
*terminal
)
10558 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= terminal
->display_info
.x
;
10560 /* Protect against recursive calls. delete_frame in
10561 delete_terminal calls us back when it deletes our last frame. */
10562 if (!terminal
->name
)
10567 /* We must close our connection to the XIM server before closing the
10570 xim_close_dpy (dpyinfo
);
10573 /* If called from x_connection_closed, the display may already be closed
10574 and dpyinfo->display was set to 0 to indicate that. */
10575 if (dpyinfo
->display
)
10577 x_destroy_all_bitmaps (dpyinfo
);
10578 XSetCloseDownMode (dpyinfo
->display
, DestroyAll
);
10580 /* Whether or not XCloseDisplay destroys the associated resource
10581 database depends on the version of libX11. To avoid both
10582 crash and memory leak, we dissociate the database from the
10583 display and then destroy dpyinfo->xrdb ourselves.
10585 Unfortunately, the above strategy does not work in some
10586 situations due to a bug in newer versions of libX11: because
10587 XrmSetDatabase doesn't clear the flag XlibDisplayDfltRMDB if
10588 dpy->db is NULL, XCloseDisplay destroys the associated
10589 database whereas it has not been created by XGetDefault
10590 (Bug#21974 in freedesktop.org Bugzilla). As a workaround, we
10591 don't destroy the database here in order to avoid the crash
10592 in the above situations for now, though that may cause memory
10593 leaks in other situations. */
10595 #ifdef HAVE_XRMSETDATABASE
10596 XrmSetDatabase (dpyinfo
->display
, NULL
);
10598 dpyinfo
->display
->db
= NULL
;
10600 /* We used to call XrmDestroyDatabase from x_delete_display, but
10601 some older versions of libX11 crash if we call it after
10602 closing all the displays. */
10603 XrmDestroyDatabase (dpyinfo
->xrdb
);
10607 xg_display_close (dpyinfo
->display
);
10609 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
10610 XtCloseDisplay (dpyinfo
->display
);
10612 XCloseDisplay (dpyinfo
->display
);
10614 #endif /* ! USE_GTK */
10617 /* Mark as dead. */
10618 dpyinfo
->display
= NULL
;
10619 x_delete_display (dpyinfo
);
10623 /* Create a struct terminal, initialize it with the X11 specific
10624 functions and make DISPLAY->TERMINAL point to it. */
10626 static struct terminal
*
10627 x_create_terminal (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
)
10629 struct terminal
*terminal
;
10631 terminal
= create_terminal ();
10633 terminal
->type
= output_x_window
;
10634 terminal
->display_info
.x
= dpyinfo
;
10635 dpyinfo
->terminal
= terminal
;
10637 /* kboard is initialized in x_term_init. */
10639 terminal
->clear_frame_hook
= x_clear_frame
;
10640 terminal
->ins_del_lines_hook
= x_ins_del_lines
;
10641 terminal
->delete_glyphs_hook
= x_delete_glyphs
;
10642 terminal
->ring_bell_hook
= XTring_bell
;
10643 terminal
->toggle_invisible_pointer_hook
= XTtoggle_invisible_pointer
;
10644 terminal
->reset_terminal_modes_hook
= XTreset_terminal_modes
;
10645 terminal
->set_terminal_modes_hook
= XTset_terminal_modes
;
10646 terminal
->update_begin_hook
= x_update_begin
;
10647 terminal
->update_end_hook
= x_update_end
;
10648 terminal
->set_terminal_window_hook
= XTset_terminal_window
;
10649 terminal
->read_socket_hook
= XTread_socket
;
10650 terminal
->frame_up_to_date_hook
= XTframe_up_to_date
;
10651 terminal
->mouse_position_hook
= XTmouse_position
;
10652 terminal
->frame_rehighlight_hook
= XTframe_rehighlight
;
10653 terminal
->frame_raise_lower_hook
= XTframe_raise_lower
;
10654 terminal
->fullscreen_hook
= XTfullscreen_hook
;
10655 terminal
->set_vertical_scroll_bar_hook
= XTset_vertical_scroll_bar
;
10656 terminal
->condemn_scroll_bars_hook
= XTcondemn_scroll_bars
;
10657 terminal
->redeem_scroll_bar_hook
= XTredeem_scroll_bar
;
10658 terminal
->judge_scroll_bars_hook
= XTjudge_scroll_bars
;
10660 terminal
->delete_frame_hook
= x_destroy_window
;
10661 terminal
->delete_terminal_hook
= x_delete_terminal
;
10663 terminal
->rif
= &x_redisplay_interface
;
10664 terminal
->scroll_region_ok
= 1; /* We'll scroll partial frames. */
10665 terminal
->char_ins_del_ok
= 1;
10666 terminal
->line_ins_del_ok
= 1; /* We'll just blt 'em. */
10667 terminal
->fast_clear_end_of_line
= 1; /* X does this well. */
10668 terminal
->memory_below_frame
= 0; /* We don't remember what scrolls
10675 x_initialize (void)
10680 last_tool_bar_item
= -1;
10681 any_help_event_p
= 0;
10682 ignore_next_mouse_click_timeout
= 0;
10684 x_session_initialized
= 0;
10688 current_count
= -1;
10691 /* Try to use interrupt input; if we can't, then start polling. */
10692 Fset_input_interrupt_mode (Qt
);
10694 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
10695 XtToolkitInitialize ();
10697 Xt_app_con
= XtCreateApplicationContext ();
10699 /* Register a converter from strings to pixels, which uses
10700 Emacs' color allocation infrastructure. */
10701 XtAppSetTypeConverter (Xt_app_con
,
10702 XtRString
, XtRPixel
, cvt_string_to_pixel
,
10703 cvt_string_to_pixel_args
,
10704 XtNumber (cvt_string_to_pixel_args
),
10705 XtCacheByDisplay
, cvt_pixel_dtor
);
10707 XtAppSetFallbackResources (Xt_app_con
, Xt_default_resources
);
10710 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
10712 xaw3d_arrow_scroll
= False
;
10713 xaw3d_pick_top
= True
;
10717 pending_autoraise_frame
= 0;
10718 pending_event_wait
.f
= 0;
10719 pending_event_wait
.eventtype
= 0;
10721 /* Note that there is no real way portable across R3/R4 to get the
10722 original error handler. */
10723 XSetErrorHandler (x_error_handler
);
10724 XSetIOErrorHandler (x_io_error_quitter
);
10726 signal (SIGPIPE
, x_connection_signal
);
10728 xgselect_initialize ();
10733 syms_of_xterm (void)
10735 x_error_message
= NULL
;
10737 staticpro (&x_display_name_list
);
10738 x_display_name_list
= Qnil
;
10740 staticpro (&last_mouse_scroll_bar
);
10741 last_mouse_scroll_bar
= Qnil
;
10743 staticpro (&Qvendor_specific_keysyms
);
10744 Qvendor_specific_keysyms
= intern_c_string ("vendor-specific-keysyms");
10746 staticpro (&Qlatin_1
);
10747 Qlatin_1
= intern_c_string ("latin-1");
10749 staticpro (&last_mouse_press_frame
);
10750 last_mouse_press_frame
= Qnil
;
10753 xg_default_icon_file
= make_pure_c_string ("icons/hicolor/scalable/apps/emacs.svg");
10754 staticpro (&xg_default_icon_file
);
10756 Qx_gtk_map_stock
= intern_c_string ("x-gtk-map-stock");
10757 staticpro (&Qx_gtk_map_stock
);
10760 DEFVAR_BOOL ("x-use-underline-position-properties",
10761 &x_use_underline_position_properties
,
10762 doc
: /* *Non-nil means make use of UNDERLINE_POSITION font properties.
10763 A value of nil means ignore them. If you encounter fonts with bogus
10764 UNDERLINE_POSITION font properties, for example 7x13 on XFree prior
10765 to 4.1, set this to nil. You can also use `underline-minimum-offset'
10766 to override the font's UNDERLINE_POSITION for small font display
10768 x_use_underline_position_properties
= 1;
10770 DEFVAR_BOOL ("x-underline-at-descent-line",
10771 &x_underline_at_descent_line
,
10772 doc
: /* *Non-nil means to draw the underline at the same place as the descent line.
10773 A value of nil means to draw the underline according to the value of the
10774 variable `x-use-underline-position-properties', which is usually at the
10775 baseline level. The default value is nil. */);
10776 x_underline_at_descent_line
= 0;
10778 DEFVAR_BOOL ("x-mouse-click-focus-ignore-position",
10779 &x_mouse_click_focus_ignore_position
,
10780 doc
: /* Non-nil means that a mouse click to focus a frame does not move point.
10781 This variable is only used when the window manager requires that you
10782 click on a frame to select it (give it focus). In that case, a value
10783 of nil, means that the selected window and cursor position changes to
10784 reflect the mouse click position, while a non-nil value means that the
10785 selected window or cursor position is preserved. */);
10786 x_mouse_click_focus_ignore_position
= 0;
10788 DEFVAR_LISP ("x-toolkit-scroll-bars", &Vx_toolkit_scroll_bars
,
10789 doc
: /* Which toolkit scroll bars Emacs uses, if any.
10790 A value of nil means Emacs doesn't use toolkit scroll bars.
10791 With the X Window system, the value is a symbol describing the
10792 X toolkit. Possible values are: gtk, motif, xaw, or xaw3d.
10793 With MS Windows, the value is t. */);
10794 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
10796 Vx_toolkit_scroll_bars
= intern_c_string ("motif");
10797 #elif defined HAVE_XAW3D
10798 Vx_toolkit_scroll_bars
= intern_c_string ("xaw3d");
10800 Vx_toolkit_scroll_bars
= intern_c_string ("gtk");
10802 Vx_toolkit_scroll_bars
= intern_c_string ("xaw");
10805 Vx_toolkit_scroll_bars
= Qnil
;
10808 staticpro (&last_mouse_motion_frame
);
10809 last_mouse_motion_frame
= Qnil
;
10811 Qmodifier_value
= intern_c_string ("modifier-value");
10812 Qalt
= intern_c_string ("alt");
10813 Fput (Qalt
, Qmodifier_value
, make_number (alt_modifier
));
10814 Qhyper
= intern_c_string ("hyper");
10815 Fput (Qhyper
, Qmodifier_value
, make_number (hyper_modifier
));
10816 Qmeta
= intern_c_string ("meta");
10817 Fput (Qmeta
, Qmodifier_value
, make_number (meta_modifier
));
10818 Qsuper
= intern_c_string ("super");
10819 Fput (Qsuper
, Qmodifier_value
, make_number (super_modifier
));
10821 DEFVAR_LISP ("x-alt-keysym", &Vx_alt_keysym
,
10822 doc
: /* Which keys Emacs uses for the alt modifier.
10823 This should be one of the symbols `alt', `hyper', `meta', `super'.
10824 For example, `alt' means use the Alt_L and Alt_R keysyms. The default
10825 is nil, which is the same as `alt'. */);
10826 Vx_alt_keysym
= Qnil
;
10828 DEFVAR_LISP ("x-hyper-keysym", &Vx_hyper_keysym
,
10829 doc
: /* Which keys Emacs uses for the hyper modifier.
10830 This should be one of the symbols `alt', `hyper', `meta', `super'.
10831 For example, `hyper' means use the Hyper_L and Hyper_R keysyms. The
10832 default is nil, which is the same as `hyper'. */);
10833 Vx_hyper_keysym
= Qnil
;
10835 DEFVAR_LISP ("x-meta-keysym", &Vx_meta_keysym
,
10836 doc
: /* Which keys Emacs uses for the meta modifier.
10837 This should be one of the symbols `alt', `hyper', `meta', `super'.
10838 For example, `meta' means use the Meta_L and Meta_R keysyms. The
10839 default is nil, which is the same as `meta'. */);
10840 Vx_meta_keysym
= Qnil
;
10842 DEFVAR_LISP ("x-super-keysym", &Vx_super_keysym
,
10843 doc
: /* Which keys Emacs uses for the super modifier.
10844 This should be one of the symbols `alt', `hyper', `meta', `super'.
10845 For example, `super' means use the Super_L and Super_R keysyms. The
10846 default is nil, which is the same as `super'. */);
10847 Vx_super_keysym
= Qnil
;
10849 DEFVAR_LISP ("x-keysym-table", &Vx_keysym_table
,
10850 doc
: /* Hash table of character codes indexed by X keysym codes. */);
10851 Vx_keysym_table
= make_hash_table (Qeql
, make_number (900),
10852 make_float (DEFAULT_REHASH_SIZE
),
10853 make_float (DEFAULT_REHASH_THRESHOLD
),
10857 #endif /* HAVE_X_WINDOWS */